Contact Energy Limited logo

Contact delivers solid financial performance

Full Year Results15 August 2021CENUtilities

16 August 2021
Contact delivers solid financial performance to

support renewable generation investment




Twelve months ended


30 June 2021


(FY21)


Twelve months ended


30 June 2020


(FY20)


EBITDAF

1


$553m




24% from $446m

2


Profit


$187m




50% from $125m


Profit per share


25.3 cps




45% from 17.5 cps


Operating free cash flow

3


$371m




28% from $290m


Operating free cash flow per share


50.2 cps




24% from 40.4 cps


Dividend declared


$272m




3% from $280m


Dividend declared per share


35.0 cps




10% from 39.0 cps


Stay-in-business (SIB) capital expenditure (cash)


$61m




20% from $51m


Growth capital expenditure (cash)


$76m




55% from $49m


Strategic investments (cash)


$40m




471% from $7m




Highlights


• Launched Contact26 strategy focused on leading New Zealand’s

decarbonisation by connecting customers with our renewable energy

development pipeline.

- Development of new 152 megawatt Tauhara geothermal power station on

track after $580m investment approved in February.

- Completed $400m equity raise to support the Tauhara project and the

significant expected medium-term growth capital investment programme.

- Milestone of 50,000 broadband connections reached after rapid growth

this year. Average electricity tariff to mass market electricity customers

only up by 1.4% on FY20 despite sustained higher wholesale prices.

- Ongoing strategic review of thermal assets, including ‘Thermal Co’

proposal to reduce New Zealand’s cost and carbon intensity of thermal

generation while ensuring security of supply.


1

Refer to slide 48 of Contact’s FY21 Investor Results Presentation for a definition and reconciliation of the non-GAAP measure

EBITDAF

2

Restated to account for the removal of the significant items classification previously excluded from EBITDAF

3

Refer to slide 21 of Contact’s FY21 Investor Results Presentation for a reconciliation of operating free cash flow





- Southern Green Hydrogen project launched with Meridian Energy to

assess New Zealand’s near-term hydrogen potential.

• Guided by our tikanga and pricing principles, we proactively worked with

customers that were struggling to pay their bills, helping reduce both

disconnections and bad debt.

• Solid financial performance, with operating earnings (EBITDAF) up 24%

year-on-year to $553m and profit up by 50% to $187m.

- Underpinned by strong asset availability and a disciplined approach to

managing fuel in FY20 to support the market in FY21.

- Final dividend of 21 cents per share will be paid on 15 September

2021, bringing the full year declared dividend to $272m.



New Zealand’s largest privately-owned energy company Contact Energy (‘Contact’)

released its full year financial results for the 12 months to 30 June 2021 (‘FY21’) this

morning.


Contact Chair Rob McDonald said Contact had delivered a “solid” financial result.


“Contact has performed ahead of expectations after successfully navigating the

potential departure of major energy users, short-term issues around low rainfall in the

hydro catchments, and ongoing challenges around reliable gas supply. FY21 has been

a year in which we have continued to deliver solid returns for our shareholders and

made significant moves to ensure the company is well-positioned for the future by

spending $177m on capital investments.”


The results are underpinned by Contact’s “decisive” channel management, as it

supported fuel-constrained competitors with its flexible portfolio of gas-fired and

renewable assets.


Mr McDonald said the company had refreshed its strategy and was on a path to

invest to meet the anticipated market growth for low-cost renewable generation.


“Contact is preparing for a time of significant change and is positioned for growth as

we focus on leading New Zealand’s decarbonisation. It’s pleasing to see evidence of

the strategy in action in significant ways too.


“This includes investigating the potential for hydrogen production in the lower South

Island, the development of the world-class Tauhara geothermal power station in the

central North Island, and the $400m equity raise for our capital investment

programme as we look ahead to further renewable generation developments.”


He said it was pleasing to deliver investors a 35 cents per share annual dividend, down

slightly from 39 cents per share in FY20. “This is in line with the dividend policy we

updated in February this year where we target a pay-out ratio of between 80 per cent

and 100 per cent of the average operating free cash flow of the preceding four financial

years.”






Financial performance


CEO Mike Fuge said Contact had reported a statutory profit for FY21 of $187m, up

from $125m a year ago. Operating earnings were up by $107m on FY20, partially

offset by increased depreciation on thermal generation stations and higher tax to pay

on the improved financial performance.


“We’ve done an excellent job in securing gas supply to ensure we could continue to

generate electricity when renewable generation options were constrained by weather

for most of the second half of the year.


“We expect there’ll be continued reliance on higher cost fuel sources over the short-

term, but these will be displaced over the next few years as more than three terawatt

hours of low-carbon, renewable generation plants come on stream, including our

geothermal development at Tauhara.”


Contact’s operating free cash flow for FY21 was $371m, up 28 per cent on FY20 on

higher operating earnings and lower interest costs. This was partially offset by higher

stay-in-business capital spending to support scheduled four-yearly geothermal

outages.


Strategy in action


Mr Fuge said the company had undertaken “a significant strategic reset” and the new

strategy communicated in the second half of FY21 signalled an exciting new chapter

for Contact.


“At the heart of this is our commitment to building a better New Zealand by growing

demand for renewable electricity, developing our renewable electricity generation

options, decarbonising our own portfolio and creating outstanding experiences for

our customers.”


He said the company had hit the ground running in terms of delivering on the

strategy. “We’re obviously very excited about the development under way at

Tauhara, but it does not stop here. The capital raise gives us the flexibility to execute

on up to $800m of additional projects and we are actively looking at how we can

bring more geothermal development forward in response to customer demand for

our renewable electricity.


“We’re also under way with delivering innovative projects that increase generation

efficiency from our existing assets and exploring opportunities around geothermal,

wind, solar and the potential for further green electricity flexibility, including grid-scale

batteries.”


He said Contact had also made sensible investments where it saw opportunities that

would play an important role in New Zealand’s transition to a low-carbon future.




“For example, we established our exclusive partnership with wind generation experts

Roaring40s to develop a pipeline of large-scale wind generation assets, acquired

specialist geothermal service company Western Energy to drive efficiency, and we’re

very optimistic about the role our subsidiary Simply Energy can play in helping

customers decarbonise their businesses.”


Mr Fuge said Contact would continue to increase customer connections by

expanding into new products and services and had recently celebrated the milestone

of 50,000 broadband connections.


People


There was one change to the Contact Board in FY21 with the departure of

independent director Whaimutu Dewes in March 2021, after more than 10 years as

an independent director.


Mr Dewes was replaced by new independent director Rukumoana Schaafhausen.

She holds a range of governance roles at various organisations and has strong iwi

connections and experience. Mr McDonald said: “We are delighted to have her

strong values, diverse thinking, and passion for Aotearoa on the Contact Board.”


Independent director Dame Therese Walsh will also leave the Contact Board this

month to focus on her other governance roles. She will be replaced by Sandra

Dodds who joins on 1 September 2021.


Mr McDonald acknowledged the contributions of the two departing directors. “Both

Whaimutu and Dame Therese have made considerable contributions to Contact and

I would like to thank them both very much for their leadership, and wish them both

well.”


There have also been changes to the Contact leadership team this year. Jacqui

Nelson was appointed as Chief Generation Officer in July 2020, after more than 15

years at Contact in a wide range of roles across finance, resource management,

trading and operations. And in April 2021, Jack Ariel joined in a new role as General

Manager, Major Projects.


Chief Customer Officer Vena Crawley left Contact in April 2021 and last month

deputy CEO James Kilty finished up at Contact ahead of his new role as CEO at

electricity distributor Powerco.


Mr Fuge said: “On behalf of the Contact whānau, I would like to thank both James

and Vena and wish them all the best for the future.”


Outlook


Mr Fuge said there was “no doubt” flexible thermal generation would still be required

as the New Zealand electricity sector moves toward the Government’s goal of being

100 per cent renewable.




“As an industry we will need work together to expedite sensible decarbonisation, while

maintaining security of supply and affordability.”


Contact is leading the market in delivering emission reductions. This included a 'gas

tolling' deal with Nova Energy to use Contact’s more efficient thermal generation

leading to a net reduction in carbon emissions, and a recent power purchase

agreement with Genesis Energy that will further reduce New Zealand's reliance on

fossil fuels.


The company was also engaging with a range of stakeholders about an option to

consolidate New Zealand’s thermal generation arrangements into one entity. “We

believe consolidating thermal assets could optimise electricity generation from coal

and gas-fired plants in ways that are aligned with New Zealand's emission reduction

objectives, and also ensure affordable and stable electricity supply.”


Mr Fuge said Contact was looking forward to FY22 and beyond. “We understand the

critical role that the electricity sector is set to play in reducing emissions and minimising

climate change across the New Zealand economy over the next decade, as laid out in

the Climate Change Commission’s recent advice to the Government. Our response is

unequivocal: we are up for the challenge.


“We’re a strong company with a clear strategy and a host of opportunities in front of

us. We have a robust balance sheet, a portfolio of high quality and flexible assets and

a very capable team. We’re excited about the future.”



-ends-

Additional information:

- Investor presentation [link]

- Investor webcast [link]

- FY21 Integrated Report [link]


Contacts:

- Investor enquiries: Matt Forbes, matthew.forbes@contactenergy.co.nz, +64

21 072 8578

- Media enquiries: Paul Ford, paul.ford@contactenergy.co.nz, Ph +64 21 809

589

---

1
2021 Full Year Results Presentation

Twelve months ended 30 June 2021

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
2

Disclaimer and important information

This presentation may contain certain forward-looking statements with respect to the

financial condition, results of operations and business of Contact. Forward-looking

statements can generally be identified by the use of words such as 'project', 'foresee',

'plan', 'expect', 'aim', 'intend', 'anticipate', 'believe', 'estimate', 'may', 'should', 'will' or

similar expressions. Forward-looking statements in this presentation include

statements regarding sustainability and ESG targets, retail gas tariffs, future financial

performance and changes to climate change regulations.

Any indications of, or guidance or outlook on, future earnings or financial position or

performance and future distributions are also forward-looking statements. All such

forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, significant

uncertainties, assumptions, contingencies, and other factors, many of which are

outside the control of Contact, which may cause the actual results or performance of

Contact to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or

implied by such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements speak

only as of the date of this presentation. Except as required by law or regulation

(including the NZX Listing Rules and the ASX Listing Rules), Contact undertakes no

obligation to update these forward-looking statements for events or circumstances

that occur subsequent to the date of this presentation or to update or keep current

any of the information contained herein. Any estimates or projections as to events

that may occur in the future (including projections of revenue, expense, net income

and performance) are based upon the best judgement of Contact from the information

available as of the date of this presentation. A number of factors could cause actual

results or performance to vary materially from the projections, including the risk

factors set out in the Investor Presentation "Tauhara investment and capital

management plan". Investors should consider the forward-looking statements in this

presentation in light of those risks and disclosures.

You are strongly cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking

statements, particularly in light of the current economic climate and the significant

volatility, uncertainty and disruption caused in relation to the Company and otherwise

by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Actual results may differ materially from those stated in any forward-looking statement

based on a number of important factors and risks.

Although management may indicate and believe that the assumptions underlying the

forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of the assumptions could prove

inaccurate or incorrect and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the results

contemplated in the forward-looking statements will be realised.

EBITDAF, free cash flow and operating free cash flow are financial measures that are

"non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) financial information" under

Guidance Note 2017: 'Disclosing non-GAAP financial information' published by the New

Zealand Financial Markets Authority, "non-IFRS financial information" under ASIC

Regulatory Guide 230: 'Disclosing non-IFRS financial information' and "non-GAAP

financial measures" within the meaning of Regulation G under the U.S. Exchange Act

of 1934. Disclosure of such non-GAAP financial measures in the manner included in

this presentation would not be permissible in a registration statement under the U.S.

Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such financial information and financial measures

(including EBITDAF, free cash flow and operating free cash flow) do not have

standardised meanings prescribed under New Zealand equivalents to International

Financial Reporting Standards ("NZ IFRS"), Australian Accounting Standards ("AAS")

or International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") and therefore, may not be

comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other entities, and should not be

construed as an alternative to other financial measures determined in accordance with

NZ IFRS, AAS or IFRSaccounting practice) measures. Information regarding the

usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is provided in the

supporting material.

Furthermore, while all reasonable care has been taken in compiling this presentation,

Contact accepts no responsibility for any errors or omissions.

This presentation does not constitute investment advice.

Numbers in the presentation have not all been rounded and might not appear to add.

All logos and brands are property of their respective owners. All company, product and

service names used in this presentation are for identification purposes only.

All references to $ are New Zealand dollar.

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

2

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
3

4

FY21 Highlights and Market Update/ Mike Fuge, CEO4-13

Financial Results and Outlook / Dorian Devers, CFO 14-28

Progress on Strategy / Mike Fuge, CEO & Dorian Devers, CFO29-37

Supporting Materials38-52

2

3

1

3

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

PRESENTATION AGENDA

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
4

4

FY21 performance

highlights

Mike Fuge, CEO

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
5

1

Refer to slides 48 for a definition and reconciliation of EBITDAF

2

Refer to slides 24 for a reconciliation of operating free cash flow

3

Restated to account for the removal of the Significant items classification previously excluded from EBITDAF

Twelve months

ended

30 June 2021

(FY21)

Twelve months ended

30 June 2020

(FY20)

EBITDAF

1

$553m↑24% from $446m

3

Profit$187m↑50% from $125m

Profit per share25.3 cps↑45%from 17.5cps

Operating free cash flow

2

$371m↑28% from $290m

Operating free cash flow per share

2

50.2 cps↑24% from 40.4cps

Dividend declared$272m↓3% from $280m

Dividend declared per share35.0 cps↓10% from 39.0 cps

Stay-in-business(SIB)capital

expenditure (cash)

$61m↑20% from $51m

Growth capital expenditure (cash)$76m↑55% from $49m

Strategic investments (cash)$40m↑471% from $7m

Operating earnings (EBITDAF) were up by $107m when compared to

FY20.

The operating conditions in FY21 were characterised by significant

uncertainty around:

•The near-term future of major energy users, including NZAS.

•La Niña weather patterns and dry national hydrology.

•The deliverability of gas from declining gas fields.

•Rising carbon costs.

Despite the uncertainty in operating conditions, Contact supported

wholesale customers with strong asset availability while managing our

fuel risks.

During the year, Contact committed to the construction of the new

152MW Tauhara geothermal development, with the total capital

investment totalling $177m for the financial year.

SUMMARY OF KEY FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Solid financial performance supports continued investment to

decarboniseNew Zealand

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
66

Key strategic highlights from FY21

New renewable investment

committed: 152MW geothermal

power station

New capability added to accelerate

decarbonisation: Roaring 40s wind

partnership and Western Energy

acquisition

Balance sheet strengthened to

support renewable pipeline: $400m

equity raise

Launched ThermalCoconcept,

started stakeholder engagement

Battery RFP concluded; engaged

with EA to unlock regulatory

barriers withintheTransmission

Pricing Methodology

Secured an additional 17MW of

green flexibility

Currently no intention of renewing

the Swaption post 2022

Supported the extension of NZAS,

facilitating an orderly 2024 exit

Undertook hydrogen study and

opened registration of interest

process

First 10MW flexible electricity

agreement signed with a data centre

Simply Energy 100% acquisition

Agreed PPA terms with Genesis for

62.5MW backed by Tauhara

Objective

FY21

highlights

Attract new industrial

demand with globally

competitive renewables

Build renewable generation

and flexibility on the back

of new demand

Lead an orderly

transition to renewables

Create NZ's leading energy and

services brand to meet more of our

customers’ needs

Grow

demand

Grow renewable

development

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Create outstanding

customer experiences

Protected mass market customers from high

wholesale prices –tariff up 1.4% on FY20

Connections up 4%, with broadband

connections up 25k (now 51k broadband

connections)

End-to-end digital customer journeys

programme delivered online refunds, new bill

emails, asynchronous messaging and new

CSR Tools to significantly increase use of

digital self-serve channels.

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
77

Key strategic highlights from FY21

Thermal generation availability highest since

FY17, due to engineering and maintenance

undertaken to meet market demand

Safety performance was outstanding

Fueling innovation by acquiring Western

Energy to deliver lower cost geothermal fuel

Converted all bi-lateral bank facilities

to sustainability-linked loans and eligible debt certified as

‘green’; 1st New Zealand company to join the Nasdaq

Sustainable Bond Network.

Over half of our passenger fleet is electric.

Sustainable Procurement strategy established including

board approval of our Supplier Code of Conduct and Modern

Slavery Statement.

We planted more than 29,000 trees across our sites this year

Improved on DJSI ranking to 62 percentile (from FY19: 55

percentile)

Supported 123 community initiatives through sponsorship,

donations, grants and volunteer time.

Objective

FY21

highlights

Create long-term value through our strong

performance across a broad set of

environmental, social and governance

factors

Continuously improving our

operations through innovation and

digitisation

Create a flexible and high-

performing environment for NZ's top

talent

Our ESG

commitment

Operational

excellence

Transformative

ways of working

57% reduction in travel emissions, 348 tonnes

of CO2-e saved through reduction in

commuting and 413 tonnessaved with a

reduction in business travel

A new engagement tool Peakon launched with

employee engagement 7.8/10 and +30 eNPS

Several initiatives launched to grow our

capability including a new leadership and

learning framework

Reduction in office footprint

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
8

(2%)

(2%)

4%

3%

(2%)

4%

2%

1%

2%

1%

4%

(1%)

National electricity demand

Source: EMI, Contact.

Does not include NZAS

National electricity demand (TWh)Regional change (%)

FY21 vs FY20

Source: EMI, Contact

MARKET DEMAND

8

(1%)

1%

3%

3%

(2%)

NZAS curtailed

production from

the 4

th

potline

(50MW) from 3

April 2020.

Demand flat

despite

impacts of

COVID

5.05.05.0

5.2

5.1

4.9

FY17

North Island

10.0

25.9

26.1

10.2

41.6

25.9

FY16FY18

10.1

FY19

41.4

40.9

10.3

South Island (ex NZAS)

FY20

10.6

FY21

NZAS

26.1

10.1

41.2

41.3

41.2

26.1

25.8

0%

+1%

3%

FY22 potential

demand changes

(TWh)

0.2

-0.3

-0.1

Potential

FY22

Confirmed

Source: Company

announcements, Contact

Major industrials

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
9

Hydrology and impact on generation mix

Hydro generation was down

by5% when compared to

FY20 with below mean

national inflows for the

majority of the financial

year.

With limited gas availability,

due to the production

declines at Pohokura and

Kupe, generation from coal

increased by 82% on FY20.

Generation by type (TWh)

FUEL SUPPLY

Lake levels were appropriately managed through the financial year to manage the risk around gas availability and

delivery. Unseasonably strong inflows in June and July 2021 has seen national storage recover above mean.

Generation from generator retailers

Source: EMI & MBIE

Source: NZX

7.3

7.3

7.2

1.9

1.8

25.0

24.0

22.5

1.7

3.1

5.1

5.3

5.2

0.2

0.3

1.6

FY21

0.2

1.6

FY19FY20

Gas

Coal

Geothermal

Hydro

Wind

Wood

40.8

40.5

40.0

1.0

2.5

0.0

0.5

4.0

3.5

1.5

2.0

3.0

4.5

Jan

2021

Jul

2019

Jan

2020

Jul

2020

Jun

2021

Actual

Mean

2H20

2H21

Storage

TWh

National hydro storage

1H21

1H20

4.74.96.8*

Carbon

emissions (mT)

*Carbon emissions for FY21 Apr-Jun quarter has been estimated using historic conversion rates with actual generation

data. The uplift in carbon emissions of 1.9mT CO2-e was due to the increase in coal generation from FY20 to FY21.

Not all generation stations are captured in the chart above.

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
10

Short-term factors influencing price all sharply higher over the

last 12 months

Aluminium

Short-term external factors that

can influence the market

Wholesale and futures electricity pricing ($/MWh)

Source: EMI wholesale pricing

Short-term

wholesale

electricity

prices

Long-term pricing is linked to the long-run marginal costs of new renewable projects

plus costs associated with firming renewable intermittency to meet growing demand

Both long-dated and short-dated prices remain well above long-term averages, reflecting

higher thermal fuel costs and availability fuel risk

10

Gas availability -OMV

announced reduced volumes

from both Pohokura and Maui

gas fields

Carbon prices up 35% to

$43.5/NZU

FUEL SUPPLY AND NEAR-TERM PRICE IMPACT

Methanol pricing up

by $2.88/GJ gas

equivalent (86%

increase)

Limited impact on

demand from

COVID. Total

demand up 1%

Aluminium prices sharply

higher (+$1,123/t, up 45%).

New term NZAS contract

signed in January 2021 to

December 2024

Coal prices

increasing

+$113/t (248%)

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

Jun-

10

Jun-

16

Jun-

13

Jun-

11

Jun-

12

Jun-

14

Jun-

17

Jun-

15

Jun-

18

Jun-

19

Jun-

20

10 year

average

spot price =

$90.00/MWh

Jun-

21

Long-dated futures (>12 months)

Short-dated futures (<12 months)

Monthly average spot price

Changes as at 30 June 2021, in

comparison to June 2020

Long-run prices below LRMC of new generation

>3TW of new generation

build committed

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
11

Retail competition remains intense

RETAIL ELECTRICITY MARKET

11

Divergent views on the value of a customer:

▪Tier 1: Mercury 50k connections down over 2 years, Meridian growing

market share (+42k connections) now 3

rd

largest mass market retailer.

▪Nova and Electric Kiwi continuing incredibly strong growth trajectory.

▪Reducing market share of main players continues, Tier 2 market share

now at 16% (from 12% November 2018) despite volatile and higher

wholesale prices.

▪New connections were up slightly compared to prior year (~1.5%.

increase).

Change in customer connections (000s)

2yr % change

2yr ICP delta (1000s)

Retail tariff changes (c/ kWh)

Tier 2: +84kcustomers

Despite sharply higher wholesale prices over the last three years, tariffs up

by a compound annual growth rate of 1% reflecting intense competition

and diverging views of long-term wholesale prices.

Regulatory reset of Electricity Distributors WACC, has led to network cost

reductions since 1 April 2020 partially offsetting rising energy costs over

FY21. Network costs expected to rise above inflation over the medium

term.

12 months

ended:

Tier 1: -20k customers

Source: EMI

Source: MBIE

-3%

1%

-1%

25%

11%

32%

95%

55%

-24%

-50

0

50

100

Genesis

-13%

MeridianContactVocusMercury

14%

TrustpowerNovaPulseFlickElectric

Kiwi

Other

16.4

16.3

16.5

16.8

18.3

12.4

12.7

12.5

12.3

11.1

Mar-18

29.4

29.1

Mar-21Mar-17Mar-19Mar-20

28.7

29.0

29.1

+1%

Lines (c/kWh)

Energy & Other (c/kWh)

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
1212

Topical regulatory matters

Gas availability and lower mean water levels through 2021

have resulted in higher spot and hedge market prices,

increasing pressure on unhedged energy intensive industries,

and retail pricing.

The Electricity Authority, GIC and Minister continue to closely

monitor security of supply, fuel availability and its impact on

the wholesale market.

Wholesale

market

volatility

Contactis investing $580m in Tauhara, rolling out virtual Peaker

product and working with industry to efficiently increase thermal

generation in a fuel constrained market

Contact is working with customers to smooth out pricing

volatility through long-term contracts

Contactcontinues to brief officials on its approach to managing

current volatility.

Contactcooperates with various market enquiries by providing

relevant data where required.

In June 2021, the Commission delivered its final report on

carbon budgets and policy recommendations. The government

must publish an Emissions Reduction Plan by the end of 2021.

Climate

Change

Commission

Contactstrongly supports the recommended direction of the

Commission report, and the role that the energy sector will play

in decarbonisation.

Contactcontinues to closely engage in the government’s work

and assess the strategic opportunities and impacts for Contact.

Key themes

What Contact is doing

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
13

New Zealand

Battery

project

Energy

hardship

Key themes

What Contact is doing

13

The government is assessing options to address

New Zealand’s dry year risk with 100% renewable

generation. This includes assessing its initially

preferred solution of pumped hydro at Lake Onslow.

Contactsupports further analysis to address dry year risk. Multiple

options exist that will require careful evaluation, including interruptible

green hydrogen.

Contactis advancing the thinking on ThermalCo which appears to be

a low capital, low cost and low risk solution

Contactis engaging with government in assessing potential options

Covid-19 has placed additional pressure on New Zealand

households and businesses. Contact is actively working to

minimiseenergy hardship.

Contact’stikanga, pricing principles and proactive work with its

customers who are struggling to pay their bills

has resulted in reduced disconnections and bad debt.

Contact offers a range of payment options including weekly and

fortnightly billing, pre-pay and price smoothing products.

Contact is working with industry through ERANZ on the EnergyMate

programme and PowerCredits scheme in association with budget

advisors and FinCap.

Topical regulatory matters

14
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

14

Operational

performance and

financial results

Dorian Devers, CFO

15
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Key ESG KPI’s now

included with operational

performance and getting same

prominence

as financial performance

Key themes from the financial results

Asset portfolio and trading

capability ensure support

for the market at time of

increased fuel risk

Gas availability expected

to remain an issue for the

market but Contact is

relatively well positioned

Recent Mergers &

Acquisitions aligned

to strategy

Changes in depreciation

reflect the expected

decarbonisation of our

asset portfolio

Significant

items no longer

reported

separately

Equity raise was well

received and positions

the business well for

growth

16
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Profit ($m)

Profit of $187m, up $62m

EBITDAF ($m)

Higher gas

and carbon

costs to run

thermal

generation

Improved

net pricing

from

contracted

customers

as network

costs

reduced

Lower

geothermal

generation

year on year

impacted by

4-yearly Te

Mihi outage

with lower

hydro

generation

Active

channel

management

with increased

sales to

support fuel

constrained

market

participants at

a higher price

Higher other

income and

lower

electricity

transmission

costs offset

by higher

operating

costs

5

4

321

FY21 RESULTS

FY20

profit

Net interest

costs

EBITDAF

Depreciation

& Amortisation

Tax

Fair value of

financial

instruments

FY21 profit

Wholesale

channel

management

Contracted

sales

pricing

FY20

EBITDAF*

Renewables

Gas

and

carbon

costs

Other

income,

fixed costs

FY21

EBITDAF

125

187

107

29

28

5

7

0

+62

119

21

34

21

0

22

446

553

43

+107

Share of

Associates

*EBITDAF restated to reflect the removal of significant items

Customer tariff

Network costs

17
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

FY21 RESULTS

Wholesale EBITDAF ($m)

Customer EBITDAF ($m)

Corporate / unallocated costs ($m)

EBITDAF up by $107m

Refer to slides 18 -20

Refer to slide 21

426

527

77

132

47

FY20Generation

costs

(including

acquired

generation)

Total

contracted

revenue

Trading,

merchant

revenue

and losses

FY21*

+102

50

56

4

18

30

Other

products*

12

FY20

0

Electricity

prices

Electricity

volumes

Opex

2

FY21

+6

-30

-30

FY20FY21

0

Electricity gross

margin

Electricity cost

inflation

Price recovery

*Other products includes retail gas and broadband gross margins *Simply and Western included within Wholesale EBITDAFFY20 restated to include Holiday Act expense ($5m) after the removal

of Significant items

18
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Electricity generated or acquired (GWh)

FY20FY21

Electricity generated or acquired costs ($m)

Generation costs

FY21 RESULTS: WHOLESALE BUSINESS

Gas and diesel

Acquired

Thermal

Renewable

Gas storage

Carbon costs

Electricity and gas

transmission and levies

Other operating costs

Hydro generation down 53GWh on FY20 (-1%),

202GWh (-5%) below mean year expectations.

Geothermal volumes were 219GWh down on prior year

following a significant 4-yearly outage programme in the

period.

•Renewable generation costs were down $7m on

FY20. Transmission costs for renewable assets were

down by $7m on FY20 as HVDC pole 1 costs ended.

Thermal generation costs were up by $58m due to

higher gas (FY20 $6.7/GJ, FY21 $8.0/GJ) and carbon

prices (FY20 $24/unit, FY21 $31/unit) and higher

thermal generation in FY21.

•Gas and carbon fuel costs up from $76/MWh in FY20

to $96/MWh (+26%)

•Fixed costs relating to AGSand other operating costs

were up by $2m each on the prior comparative period

as the AGS facility expansion was commissioned on

30 September 2020

Increased acquired generation on the prior period as

wholesale spot prices encouraged swaption calls.

3,333

3,114

3,752

3,698

1,439

1,673

335

554

FY21FY20

Acquired

Hydro

Thermal*

9,040

Geothermal

8,858

108

89

101

91

157

40

215

36

38

90

65

125

24

41

22

24

38

65

Cost

type

Generation

type

Cost

type

Generation

type

304304

381381

+77

*Thermal includes tolling of ~261GWh FY20 and ~312GWh FY21

19
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

FY21 RESULTS: WHOLESALE BUSINESS

3,605GWh

$93.7/MWh

Contracted revenue ($m)

1,939GWh

$134.1/MWh

760GWh

$45.9/MWh

-136GWh

+$4.9/MWh

+682GWh

+$48.5/MWh

-68GWh

-$7.9/MWh

•Fixed price variable volume electricity sales to the Customer

segment and C&I customers ended 489GWh lower than FY20 (-

$42m), this was partially offset by higher prices (+$24m), reflecting

higher wholesale prices over the three preceding years.

•Strategic fixed price sales were down with lower sales to support

NZAS due to the suspension of the 4

th

potline, partially offset by an

increase in volume supplied to industryunder a long-term PPA.

Lower pricing reflects updated NZAS support contract from January

2021 (-$10m)

•CFD sales volumes were up by 682GW as nearer term higher

priced channels were prioritised (+$152m)

•Steam revenue was up $2m on FY20 with an increase in

geothermal steam sales secured (+77GWh) with steam tariffs on

TeRapa generation rising with carbon costs changes.

•Other income was up by $5m as the $2m loss on market making in

FY20 was not repeated and income from the Western Energy

acquisition (1 April 2021) was realised ($2m)

Wholesale contracted revenue

19

1,818GWh

$83.8/MWh

-353GWh

+$2.6/MWh

332

338

176

152

108

260

45

35

26

28

Strategic Fixed Price sales

Other net income

2

FY21FY20

7

CFD sales

Steam sales

C&I netback

Customer Sales

689

821

+132

20
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

FY21 RESULTS: WHOLESALE BUSINESS

Trading EBITDAF ($m)

Long / short position (GWh)

$104.1/MWh

6.0%

($6.4 / MWh)

5.0%

($9.4/ MWh)

•43GWh increase in

merchant sales volumes.

The price received for this

“long” generation was up by

$74.20/MWh on FY20.

•Inter-island separation

reduced from 6% to 5% on

dry South Island conditions,

this was offset by higher

absolute prices to increase

generation losses by $25m.

Trading revenue

Merchant sales: short-term sales channel available when the

spot prices exceed the opportunity cost of Contact generation.

LWAP / GWAP losses: locational price differences

between where electricity is generated and purchased.

Wholesale trading and merchant revenue

$178.3/MWh

Spot purchases and

sell CFD settlement

Spot sales and buy

CFD settlement

Merchant generation

91

164

-51

-76

FY21FY20

88

41

+47

876

919

919

7,904

-7,918

-1

FY20

8,040

-8,040

0

FY21

862

21
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

FY21 RESULTS: CUSTOMER BUSINESS

Customer business performance

EBITDAF ($m)

The electricity tariff changes balance

the recovery of rising input costs, the

competitive environment and

regulatory pressures:

•67% of our residential customers

are on non-PPD products from 1

July.

•Around 50% of customers

received a price increase in FY21.

•Ending Prompt Payment

Discounts, -50% reduction in PPD

not taken.

Continue to smooth the impact of

higher electricity costs for customers:

•Combination of targeted retail

price rises and a reduction in

network costs from 1 April 2020

has seen electricity gross margins

improve by 7% from FY20.

•Retail energy tariffs -will need to

rise to reflect elevated wholesale

electricity, gas and carbon costs.

Strong growth in Broadband

connections (+25k up on FY20).

Revenue & Tariff

1

($m)

FY20FY21Variance

$m$mTariff$mTariff

Electricity gross revenue859

841249(18)7

PPD not taken10

5(5)

Incentives paid(6)

(5)1

Net revenue (cash)862

841249(22)4

Capitalisedincentives7

7

Amortisedincentives(8)

(9)

Net revenue (P&L)861

838248(23)3

Gas revenue74

7494(0)5

Broadband revenue17

326815(2)

Other income5

61

Total revenue957

951(7)

Contract Asset (closing)13

9(3)

1. Tariff is $/MWh for electricity, Gas $/GJ and $ per month per customer connection for broadband

115

123

9

9

6

-79

-81

Other income

Electricity GM

5

0

-1

FY20

56

FY21

Gas GM

Broadband GM

Other operating

expenses

50

+6

Gross Margin (GM) is Revenue less Cost of Goods [Networks, meters, levies, energy, carbon and

broadband]

22
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Other operating cost movement ($m)

Portfolio, performance and non-recurring

Underlying

movement

Portfolio performance and non-recurring

•Holidays Act provision (-$5m) recognised in

FY20 not repeated.

•Operating costs acquired as part of the

strategic transactions of Western Energy and

Simply Energy ($3.6m).

•Strong FY21 performance leading to higher

incentive costs, FY20 incentives were reduced

after consideration of COVID potential ($9m).

•Benefits of the strategic acquisition of Western

Energy on the well restoration provision offset

by costs incurred to execute the refreshed

strategy (nil).

Underlying movement

•Strong credit collection and payment products

saw a reduction in bad debt ($3.0m).

•Digital journeys programme improved

customer service efficiency

Broadband

•Further incremental investment in broadband

growth. Benefits of change in provider and

further digitisation resulting in 87% productivity

increase as measured by broadband

connections per full time equivalent.

Operating costs up on acquisitions and improved

financial performance

Underlying savings

Insurance and general

cost inflation

FY21 RESULTS

5.0

3.6

9.0

3.8

5.8

2.1

FY21FY20 Holidays Act

211.0

FY20Portfolio changesIncentivesNet Cost Savings

0.4

Broadband

201.0

Invest in

growth

23
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

FY21 RESULTS: CARBON PERFORMANCE

kTof C02e emitted

•Scope 1 emissions up 125kT, predominantly from carbon emitted

from thermal generation with high volumes in FY21 to support lower

renewable generation

•Carbon from swaption up over 300% as Contact made more calls

under the swaption and a higher emissions intensity factor from the

fuel mix (FY21: 300kT, FY20: 90kT)

•Emissions from business travel and employee commenting down

by 57%, enabled by our transformative ways of working programme

Greenhouse gas reporting

23

524

317

600

260

986

920

1,045

647

FY21

1

1

FY19FY26

target

1

FY20

1

Scope 1

1,511

Scope 2

Scope 3

1,238

1,646

908

Performance

Targets

•Our targets have been approved by the Science-based targets initiative

(1.5 degree warming)

•Reduce Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 45% compared to 2018 baseline

by 2026

•30% reduction of 2018 Scope 3 GHG emissions by 2026.

See slide 40 for detailed greenhouse gas emissions reporting

24
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021


EBITDAF up $107m on improved pricing across key channels


Working capital changes $5m unfavourable to FY20 due to the increased value of gas inventory and

additional purchase of carbon in the period, including exercising the final fixed price option for

carbon surrender in May 2021


Capital expenditure (cash) $61m in FY21, $10m more than FY20 due to statutory geothermal

outage programme and initial payments for SAP upgrade programme

12 months

ended

30 June 2021

12 months

ended

30 June 2020

Comparison

against FY20

EBITDAF$553m$446m↑$107m

Workingcapital changes$3m$7m↓($5m)

Taxpaid($79m)($70m)↓($9m)

Interest paid, net of interest capitalised($43m)($49m)↑$6m

SIBcapital expenditure($61m)($51m)↓($10m)

Non-cash items includedin EBITDAF($2m)$7m↓$9m

Operating free cash flow$371m$290m↑$81m

Operating free cash flow per share50.2cps40.4cps↑9.8cps

Cash conversion (OpFCF/EBITDAF)67%65%↑2%

SIB capital expenditure –accounting ($m)

Cash flow and capital expenditure

Strategic investments / acquisitions

(Western Energy and Drylandcarbon)

Growth investment

Dividends paid

Sources and uses of cash ($m) FY21

FY21 RESULTS

392

274

371

40

76

267

106

Sources

763

Uses

763

128

102

78

60

52

75

0

50

100

150

FY17FY18FY16FY20FY19FY21

Debt reduction

Cash movement

Net proceeds from

equity issue

Operating

Free Cash Flow

25
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021


Face value borrowings (excl. leases) decreased by $262m to $774m from 30 June 2020.The decrease is due to the

inflow from the $400m equity raise in February 2020 less surplus held as cash.


Net debt has reduced by $981m since the end of FY16.Gearing decreased to 22.6% at30 June 2021, down from

31.4% at30 June 2020.


Average interest rate on gross debt has remained flat due to the repayment of more flexible, lower cost floating rate debt

with the proceeds from the equity raise offsetting the lower rate environment.


A credit rating of BBB (net debt / EBITDAF <2.8x) continues to be targeted.


All bank facilities have now been converted to sustainability linked loans, and all our debt instruments are certified green.

Closing net debt ($m)

Face value of borrowings less cash

Interest rate (%)

Weighted average gross interest

1

on average borrowings

Net debt to EBITDAF (x)

Includes S&P adjustments (prior to FY20 AGS was treated as a

lease)

Borrowing maturities ($m)

Average tenor of 3.3 years as at30 June 2021

Robust balance sheet.

FY21 RESULTS

1.Gross interest includes all interest on borrowings, bank commitment fees and deferred

financing costs. Unwind of leases, provisions and capitalised interest not included.

990

774

38

23

1,539

1,504

22

25

1,608

-5

FY16FY17

41

-6

1,410

-3

FY18

-47

FY19

645

1,036

-44

FY20

21

-150

FY21

1,626

1,445

968

1,014

Lease obligationsBorrowingsCash on hand

7

150

100

153

100

136

88

50

265

115

7777

FY25FY27FY22FY23FY24

7

210

FY26

4

FY28 -

FY29

157

107

372

258

92

Undrawn bank facilities

Drawn bank facilities

Domestic

USPP

NEXI

3.1

3.0

2.8

2.3

1.9

1.7

3.2

3.2

3.1

2.3

2.4

1.2

FY19FY18FY16FY17FY20FY21

SmoothedSnapshot

963

5.3%

5.6%

FY16

1,648

1,598

FY20FY17

5.1%

1,476

5.2%

FY18

5.4%

FY21

1,207

FY19

1,031

5.2%

Average gross interestAverage gross debt

26
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Dividend for FY21 of 35 cents per share

•Final dividend of 21 cents per share is imputed to 67% or 14 cents per share for

qualifying shareholders. This represents a pay-out of 72% of FY21 operating free

cash flow and 88% of the operating free cash flow over the preceding 4 financial

years (FY17-FY20)

•Record date of 27 August 2021; payment date of 15 September 2021.

•The NZD/AUD exchange rate used for the payment of Australian dollar dividends

will be set on 02 September 2021.

Ordinary dividends ($m)

Declared

Final dividend

Interim dividend

% pay-out of annual operating free cash flow

Dividend for FY21 in line with performance

Dividend reinvestment plan

•Shareholders will have the option of full, partial or no participation. If a shareholder

elects to participate they will remain in the plan at the same participation level until

they elect to terminate or amend their participation level.

•There will be no discount offered for the FY21 final dividend and Contact will have

the right to terminate or suspend the plan at any time.

•Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) forms must be in by 30 August 2021 to confirm

participation in the plan.

•Trading period for setting price for DRP is 26 August 2021 to 01 September 2021.

DRP strike price will be announced: 02 September 2021

26

2632

39

39

35

107

136

165165

163

79

93

115115

109

FY18

280

186

FY17FY21FY19FY20

229

280

272

cps

61%76%

82%

97%

72%

Operating free cash flow

Average operating cash flow for the preceding four financial years

Dividend policy range: 80-100% of average operating free

cash flow for the preceding four years

FY21

260

259

324

FY19

259

258

FY18FY17

322

309

324

247

325

83%

FY20

88%

326

261

FY22

305301341290

371

➢Annual operating

free cash flow

FY21 DIVIDEND

Dividend level

as a % of preceeding

4yr operating fcf

100%

80%

27
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Normalised and expected FY22 EBITDAF assumptions

1.All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP)

2.Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through costs (network, meters and levies) /MWh

ASSUMPTIONS FOR NORMALISED EARNINGS

3.Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, other income

4.Gas price of $8.4/GJ, carbon price of $37/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate (11.4GJ/MWh)

5.Length of 440GWh p.a. assumed

6.Locational losses of 5.6% on spot purchases and settlement of CFDs sold at a

wholesale price of $125/MWh

* Fuel is natural gas and carbon costs

1,660

Channel choices maximise

long term value¹

1

Net price² driven by

best commercial practices

2

x

=

Strategic fixed price1,000GWh$38/MWh$38m

CFDs1,660GWh$139/MWh$231m

C&I1,600GWh$104/MWh$166m

Retail3,550GWh$129/MWh$458m

Other income³$50m

$943m

Hydro mean3,900GWh$0/MWh-$0m

Geothermal average3,250GWh$2/MWh-$7m

Thermal800GWh$123/MWh⁴-$98m

Acquired300GWh$131/MWh-$39m

-$144m

Length⁵$58mTransmission/Storage-$60m

Location losses⁶-$57mOperatingexpenses-$220m

Total$1mTotal-$280m

FY assumptions that deliver expected & normalised EBITDAF for FY22

Fuel cost

Net Revenue

Trading

Fixed costs

Hydrology & Asset

availability optimise generation

3

4

Total

x

=

Access to and price of fuel* drives

financials & risk position

Total

Trading delivers value to more

than offset locational losses

5

Digitalisation & continuous

improvement optimise fixed costs

6

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

959

641

3,550

0

50

950

CFDs

C&I

Retail

Strategic fixed

$139/

MWh

$90/

MWh

$129/

MWh

ContractedUncontracted

943

-144

-280

1

520

x

Mar-22Jan-22May-22Jul-21Sep-21Nov-21

101

188

168

121

150

105

122

101

112

119

122

100

118

97

128

112

134

117

147

128

130

130

161

139

OTA

BEN

ASX Futures $/MWh

At27 July 2021

$36/

MWh

28
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Strong delivery in FY21.

Capability and capacity to be added in FY22.

GUIDANCE

FY21 GuidanceResultFY22 GuidanceGuidance commentary

Other operating costs$200–210m$211m$215-225m

Additional capacity and capability added to

accelerate the delivery of the strategy. SIB capex

will support higher asset availability and output as

well as a SAP systems upgrade

Stay in business capital expenditure

(cash)

$55 –60m$61m$95-105m

Cashspend (‘Totex’)$255 –270m$272m$310 –330m

Depreciation and amortisation$215–225m$249m$265–275m

Accelerated depreciation on thermal assets in line

with expected useful lives and decarbonisation

goals

Net interest (accounting)$45 –50m$50m$30 –40m

Cash interest(in operating cash flow)$40 –45m$43m$20 –30m

Cashtaxation$75 –85m$79m$85 –95m

Taxation paid up to reflect strong FY21 financial

performance

Corporate costs-$30m$33m

ICT costs previously included in Customer now in

Corporate

Target ordinary dividend per share35 cps35 cps35 cpsPay-out in line with dividend policy

Geothermal volumes3,100GWh3,114GWh3,250 GWh

Minor geothermal safety programme outage

28

29
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

29

Progress on Strategy

Mike Fuge, CEO & Dorian Devers, CFO

29

30
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Our strategy to lead NZ’s decarbonisation

Enablers

Transformative ways of working:

create a flexible and high-performing

environment for New Zealand’s top talent

Outcomes

Growth

Pivot our business to a new growth era that

captures the value unlocked by decarbonisation

Resilience

Deliver sustainable shareholder returns,

aligned with our ESG commitment

Performance

Realise a step-change in performance, materially

growing EBITDAF through strategic investments

Strategic

theme

Objective

Grow

demand

Attract new industrial demand with

globally competitive renewables

Grow renewable

development

Build renewable generation and

flexibility on the back of new demand

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Lead an orderly transition

to renewables

Create outstanding

customer experiences

Create NZ's leading energy and services brand to

meet more of our customers’ needs

Operational excellence:

continuously improving our operations

through innovation and digitisation

ESG: create long-term value through our strong

performance across a broad set of environmental,

social and governance factors

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
31

1.As per Colmar Brunton Rep Track report, 2021 ranked 44

th

2.Science Based Targets Initiative (Sbti) target at 1.5 degrees.

We have set ambitious measures of success

across our strategic themes

Tauhara online by mid 2023

Final investment decision on

next renewable

build (Wairākei, wind, and/or

solar) by 2024

Decision on North Island

battery by end of 2023, for

delivery in 2024

100 MW demand response

capacity by 2025

Top 10 ‘most trusted retailer’

by 2025

1

650,000 customer connections

by 2025

Cost to serve (CTS) < $120 per

connection

75% of customer interactions

through digital channels

Complete thermal review in

2021, and executed by the

end of 2022

TCC decommissioned by

end of 2023

Reduce Scope 1 and 2 GHG

emissions 45% compared to

2018 baseline by 2026²

Senior in-house capability to

support industry electrification

partnerships by 2021

100 MW of new commercial

and industrial demand by 2025

Identified 300+ MW of market-

backed demand opportunitiesin

the lower SI by end of 2024

(e.g., hydrogen)

Metrics &

measures

Grow

demand

Grow renewable

development

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Create outstanding

customer experiences

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
32

Avoided carbon emissions (kTC02e)Demand backed by strategic fixed price PPA (GWh)

New load contracted,

expected online in FY23

Terms agreed with

Genesis Energy

Additional long-term

agreements under

negotiation

New industrial heat electricity

boilers rather than coal

Tolling arrangement

with Nova saw the most

efficient plants used

Tracking to targets

Grow demand

509

828

760

FY2026854

87FY211,356

Terms agreed

Contracted

Operational

30

3522

0

0

0

FY19

FY20

FY21

0

30

57

Electricity market

New demand

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
33

Grow renewable development

New geothermal development (MW)New wind and solar development (MW)

Land access agreements signed

for up to 500MW of

wind generation potential

Assessment phase to follow

Consenting underway in FY22

Consenting for increased

generation on the Wairakei field

(incremental to current position)

Tauhara stage 1 under

development. Field is more

productive than envisaged.

Look to secure additional

geothermal consents on

operational fields

Tracking to targets

60

130

152

342

Consenting Underway

Under development

Consented

500

0

0

500

Land access

Consenting underway

Consented

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
34

Decarbonise our portfolio

Demand flexScope 1 and 2 greenhouse

gas (GHG) intensity

6

13

MW

0.110

0.108

0.124

C02e/kWh

524

317

600

kTof C02eT

8383

81

Renewable %

Renewable

generation

Scope 3 emissions

FY19FY21FY20

Strong growth in our demand flex

proposition –lowered the install cost

and increased the sales network

Scope 3 emission higher as Contact called generation under

the swaption arrangement with Genesis which was run higher

Expect renewable generation

% to grow with investment and

higher thermal fuel costs

Tracking to targets

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
35

Create outstanding customer experiences

Value

Continue to grow telco customer connections

Protecting the core energy base in a rising energy

cost environment

Prepare to launch new complementary products

1

-1

Gross margin from non-

energy products ($m)

Continue to invest in data and digital journeys

for our customers and people to improve

experience and efficiency

Tracking to targets

FY19FY20FY21

Growth

Efficiency

477

484

481

13

26

51

202120202019

Energy

connections

000

Telco

connections

000

2,194

2,197

2,332

162

156

155

201920202021

Connections

per CSR

CTS per

connection

EnergyNon energy

% of revenue from

non energy products

FY19-21

0.7%

3.4%

Broadband gross margin positive from FY22

36
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Our operational plan: What you can expect in the next 18 months

H1-FY22

Hydrogen registration of interest

followed by request for proposals

Advance data centre partnerships

Engage on industrial electrification

Assess hydrogen position

Build data centres

Lock in major industrial user

electrification

Develop hydrogen option

Data centres online

Commence boiler electrification

Build Tauhara

Prepare further geothermal consents

Secure solar partnership or add capability

Build Tauhara

Further geothermal consenting

Secure and consent wind sites

Complete Tauhara

Tauhara phase II consent

Secure solar consents

Complete battery feasibility

Complete thermal review and design

principles for structure

Engage 3

rd

party to structure ‘ThermalCo’

Align future-state thermal structure

Agree structure with owners and regulators

Execute ‘ThermalCo’ and buy back PPAs

Prepare for end of TCC

scheduled hours

Launch time of use offer, with extension into EVs

Implications of sale of Trustpower retail to Mercury

Customer technology upgrade

Pilot launch of wireless broadband

Investigate data driven energy

monitoring commercial models

Customer technology upgrade (cont.)

Pilot complementary products

Customer technology upgrade (cont.)

H2-FY22

Grow renewable

development

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Create

outstanding

customer

experiences

Strategic theme

H1-FY23

Grow

Demand

37
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

37

Questions

37

38
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

38

Supporting

materials

38

Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
39

ASX futures pricing in fuel risk over the next 12

months

ASX electricity forward pricing ($/MWh)

Source: ASX Energy 12 July 2021

39

ASX FUTURES

156

129

137

136

109

106

116116

100

102

105

107

97

176

152

157

161

127

137

138

119

118

129

127

116

Q3 2021Q3 2022Q4 2022Q4 2021Q1 2024Q2 2022Q1 2022

129

142

Q2 2023Q1 2023Q3 2023Q4 2023Q2 2024Q3 2024Q4 2024

121

OTABEN

40
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Greenhouse gas emissions

IndicatorUnitTargetFY19FY20FY21

Direct GHG emissions (Scope 1)tC02e

45% reduction of 2018 Scope

1 and 2 emissions by 2026

(Absolute emissions reduction

target)

985,905920,4031,044,893

-Stationary combustiontC02e984,903920,4031,044,536

-Mobile combustiontC02e880270270

-Mobile combustion –Simply EnergytC02e20

-Mobile combustion –Western EnergytC02e38

-Fugitive emissionstC02e122429

Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 2)tC02e1,3741,258

1,230

Sub-total Scope 1 and 2tC02e647,443987,279921,9351,046,122

Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 3)tC02e259,118524,314317,384600,389

-Category 1 –Purchased goods and servicestC02e

30% reduction of 2018 Scope

3 GHG emissions from use of

sold products by 2026.

35,267 39,397

63,296

-Category 2 –Capital goods tC02e6,53618,052 40,521

-Category 3 –Fuel and energytC02e175,81191,857330,202

-Category 4 -Upstream distribution and transportation tC02e6281426

-Category 5 –WastetC02e148123121

-Category 6 –Business travel tC02e1,256719258

-Category 7 –Employee commutingtC02e514606306

-Category 11 –Use of sold products tC02e301,640166,310

165,259

-Category 13 –Downstream leased assets tC02e445306399

-Category 14 –FranchisetC02e2,069

Total Scope 1,2 and 3 emissionstC02e906,5611,511,0811,239,3191,646,511

CARBON REPORTING

41
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Contact generation output sold to the national grid (GWh)

Electricity and generation sales position (GWh)

FY20

FY21

Generation and sales position

OPERATIONAL DATA

Merchant sales

CFD gross sales

Sales to C&I

Sales to Customer

2,322

3,297

3,233

3,256

3,114

4,058

4,091

3,562

4,231

3,698

2,865

1,614

1,742

1,421

1,592

FY14FY17

3,074

2,321

8,537

1,812

4,119

FY16FY15

3,479

3,323

Geothermal

generation

FY18

9,002

FY19

8,404

1,360

3,752

3,333

FY20FY21

Thermal

generation

Hydro

generation

9,245

9,514

8,614

8,908

8,445

335

554

7981

862

919

8,444

2,171

Sales

1,844

0

Acquired generation

Generation

2,085

Pool purchase

2,673

3,605

8,859

Sales

1

Direct generation

3,741

Spot generation

Generation

8,859

9,0409,040

8,404

+181

42
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Wairākeigeothermal field mass take and efficiency

Geothermal fuel extracted at Wairākeivs consented

(GWh)

Wairākei, Poihipiand TeMihi conversion effectiveness

(MWh per kTextracted)

% of geothermal fluid extractedWairakei mass extracted

GEOTHERMAL PERFORMANCE

0

10

70

30

20

60

40

50

80

90

100

FY16

97%

101%

94%

FY15

99%

FY17FY18

99%

FY19FY21

100%

FY20

98%

-3%

29.3

30.1

30.1

30.5

30.1

31.1

30.5

FY16FY15FY17FY18FY21FY19FY20

+1%

-2%

43
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Hydro generation (GWh)

Geothermal generation (GWh)

Thermal generation (GWh)

Te Huka

Ōhaaki

Poihipi

Wairākei

Te Mihi

Geothermal generation was 219GWh lower than FY20 following

the 4-yearly statutory TeMihi outage in the period and an

extended outage required on process safety improvements

required at the TeHukabinary plant.

Hydro generation was 202GWh below mean (3,900GWh) in FY21,

53GWh lower than FY20.

Thermal generation volumes were 235GWh higher than FY20 as a result of

the arrangement to toll gas from Nova Energy (FY20: 239GWh, FY21:

278GWh)

Generation volumes:

renewable generation down by 4% on FY20

OPERATIONAL DATA

Te Rapa -spot

Whirinaki

TeRapa -Direct generation

Stratford Peakers

TCC

Otahuhu

Total inflowsInflows storedSpill

1,282

1,184

1,372

1,382

1,415

1,240

1,075

1,121

1,062

991

1,045

1,081

407

403

411

388

335

339

337

336

280

310

340

299

196

189

198

186

198

155

FY18FY19FY16FY17FY20FY21

3,233

3,297

3,323

3,257

3,333

3,114

26

80

3,507

4,328

4,817

77

4,065

3,482

-28

-97

3,897

-975

-275

-37

-112

-209

FY16

3,442

3,979

FY17FY18

-148

FY19

-90

FY20FY21

3,353

4,083

3,752

3,698

553

1,020

1,071

1,013

871

1,126

334

495

528

207

291

234

506

226

211

195

195

213

221

92

90

83

79

81

94

5

1,673

3

1

1,503

3

0

FY17FY16FY19FY18

1,903

FY20

18

FY21

1,708

1,834

1,439

44
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Taranaki combined cycle (TCC)

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY1737790%31%1,0216465

FY1837768%32%1,071102110

FY19

377

63%31%1,031115117

FY2037788%26%870120104

FY2137789%34%1,126193217

Hydro

Geothermal

Peakers(including Whirinaki)

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY1778492%52%3,56247169

FY1878495%51%3,47978271

FY19

784

97%62%4,231123521

FY2078492%54%3,75290338

FY2178484%54%3,698167617

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY1742991%86%3,23355177

FY1842596%89%3,32380267

FY19

425

92%87%3,256133434

FY2042595%89%3,33399330

FY2142589%84%3,114175546

TeRapa (spot generation only)

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY1736095%16%4957336

FY1836087%17%53011662

FY1936079%7%21219241

FY2036088%9%29516248

FY2136092%8%24923054

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY174198%63%2265813

FY184187%59%2119420

FY19

41

96%54%19516031

FY204198%51%18410621

FY214193%58%20817437

Plant availability

OPERATIONAL DATA

Availability Factor calculation includes all station outages (Planned, Maintenance, Forced) but does not consider deratings.

45
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Haweastorage (GWh)Gas storage (PJ)

CLOSING STORAGE

CLOSING STORAGE

Fuel storage movements

Source: NZX hydro

OPERATIONAL DATA

104

152

103

53

159

152

257

90

175

277

174

216

231

252

294

351

244

299

229

-228

-299

-140

-282

-146

-302

-246

-412

-214

-237

1H18

27

1H171H192H172H182H191H202H20

257

1H212H21

Inflows

Opening storage

27

Releases

152

103

53

159

152

90

166

175

7.7

7.5

1.7

6.1

-3.0

4.5

-0.3

FY21FY18FY20FY19

Opening Storage

Net extraction (injection)

7.5

4.5

6.1

5.8

-0.2

46
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Contracted gas volumes (PJ)

Uses of gas (PJ)

Gas storage

monthly injections and extractions (PJ)

Contracted and stored gas

Storage balance at31 December 2020 was 5.0PJ

OPERATIONAL DATA

Gas injectedGas extracted

4.1

6.9

4.0

7.6

8.1

3.4

10.0

4.4

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

6.1

2.3

1.2

3.1

3.4

4.5

2.0

5.3

6.9

4.1

6.5

2.3

-0.2

-1.3

CY20CY16CY17CY18

0.0

CY19CY21

5.7

CY22

16.6

18.6

18.4

16.6

16.9

14.6

16.7

May-

21

0.17

-0.12

Jul-

20

-0.40

-0.38

Aug-

20

-0.33

0.04

Sep-

20

0.14

Dec-

20

-0.40

Oct-

20

0.18

-0.06

-0.22

Nov-

20

0.05

0.42

-0.02

0.09

0.07

Jan-

21

0.27

-0.10

-0.12

Feb-

21

0.50

Mar-

21

0.36

Jun-

21

Apr-

21

-0.26

0.15

-0.37

20.2

14.2

18.4

18.7

3.1

-1.7

-17.5

-14.0

-13.3

-14.9

-2.8

-3.1

-3.2

-3.1

0.3

Customer sales

0.2

-0.3

-0.2

FY20FY18FY19

-0.2

-1.1

FY21

Net extraction (injection)

Generation

Wholesale sales

Purchases

Short-term gas

Genesis

Pohokura -notified (Jan-Jun22)

Swap

Maui -contingent on delivery

Pohokura -contingent on delivery (Jul-Dec22)

Maui -notified

47
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Contractual fuel position impacted by gas availability issues

FUEL OUTLOOK

Portfolio requirements for thermal generation (TWh)

-2.9

Gas supply and demand FY22 (PJ)

Hydro variation >>

* Hydro generation in FY12

GeothermalExpected

2022

generation

(including

losses)

Hydro in

"extreme

dry" year*

Maximum

thermal

required

"Extreme

dry" to

"mean"

year swing

Mean

thermal

required

Co-

generation

Maximum

thermal

required

"Mean" to

"wet" year

swing

Minimum

thermal

required

Contracted

0.9

12.7

2.8

2.0

4.3

3.4

4.7

Mean Thermal

FY22

Position

Short Term (if in line with FY21)

Mean Year

demand

Co-generation

Retail

18.1

Swap return

Storage

net movement

12.7

8.0

1.5

0.5

0.2

-2.9

-3.3

-0.4

-1.0

-0.3

In addition to market

gas Contact has

access to effective

risk management

products at

historically

contracted rates if

required

48
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

•EBITDAF is Contact’s earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, and changes in fair

value of financial instruments.

•EBITDAF is commonly used in the electricity industry so provides a comparable measure of Contact’s

performance.

•Reconciliation of statutory profit back to EBITDAF:

12 months ended

30 June 2021

12 months ended

30 June 2020

Variance onprior year

$m%

Profit187 125 6250%

Depreciation and amortisation249220(29)(13%)

Change in fair valueof financial

instruments

(7)-(7)700%

Net interest expense505558%

Tax expense7446(28)(61%)

EBITDAF553 446 10724%

•Depreciation and amortisation, change in fair value of financial instruments, net interest and tax

expense are explained on the right.

Reconciliation between Profit and EBITDAF

The adjustments from EBITDAF to reported profit and

movements on FY20 are as follows:

•Depreciation and amortisation: Increased by $29m (13%)

on FY20 primarily resulting from the review of Ōhaakiplant,

Wairākeiand TCC opening hours.

•Net interest expense: Reduced by $5m (8%) over FY20

lower averageborrowings post equity raise and coupled with

lower interest rate as well as the capitalisationof interest

relating to the Tauhara geothermal project (FY21 $8m), a $2m

increase against FY20.

•Tax expense for the period was $28m up following higher

operating earnings with higher depreciation partially offset by

lower net interest expense.Tax expense for FY21 represents

an effective tax rate of28%. The effective tax rate for FY20

was 27%.

NON-GAAP PROFIT MEASURE

49
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Historical financial information

HISTORIC PERFORMANCE

Unit

FY17FY18FY19FY20FY21

Revenue$m

2,0792,2752,519

2,0732,573

Expenses$m1,5781,7942,0011,6222,020

EBITDAF$m

501481518

446553

Profit/(loss)$m151132345125187

Profit per share -basiccps21.018.448.217.525.3

Operating free cash flow$m305301341290371

Operating free cash flow per sharecps

42.64247.5

40.450.2

Dividends declared

1

cps2632393935

Dividends paid$m

186201251280274

Total assets$m

5,4555,3114,954

4,8965,028

Total liabilities$m

2,6772,5842,172

2,2752,101

Total equity$m

2,7782,7272,782

2,6212,927

Gearing ratio%3635283123

50
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

FY21FY20

Reference number for

Wholesale segment

note (see following

page)

Twelve months ended 30 June 2021Twelve months ended 30 June 2020

VolumeGWAPVolumeGWAP

Note: this table has not been rounded andmight not addGWh$/MWh$mGWh$/MWh$m

Electricity sales to Customer

3,60593.7338

3,741 88.8 3321

Electricity sales to C&I (netback)

1,76282.3145

2,09280.3168

2Electricity sales –Direct

81111.19

79105.18

Electricity sales to C&I

1,84483.6154

2,171 81.2176

CfDs–Tiwaisupport

734

828

3

CfDs -Long term sales

531

581

CfDs -Short term sales

1,408

676

Electricity sales -CFDs

2,673109.7293

2,085 72.9152

Total contracted electricity sales

8,12196.7785

7,99782.6 661

Steam sales

64543.728

544 47.6 26 4

Other income

5

0 5

Net income on gas sales

2

1 6

Net income on electricity related services

1

2 7

Net other income

16

2

Total contracted revenue (1)

8,76693.4821

8,54080.6 689

8

Generation costs

8,486(38.3)(316)

8,523(31.2)(266)

Acquired generation cost

554(116.8)(65)

335(113.9)(38)9

Generation costs (including acquired generation) (2)

9,040(43.1)(381)

8,858 (34.3)(304)

Spot electricity revenue

8,404176.41,482

8,44499.7 84210

Settlement on acquired generation

554207.6115

335115.4 3911

Spot revenue and settlement on acquired generation (GWAP)

8,959178.31,597

8,779100.3880

Spot electricity cost

(5,367)(185.9)(998)

(5,833)(109.0)(636)12

Settlement on CFDs sold

(2,673)(191.3)(511)

(2,085)(97.8)(204)13

Spot purchases and settlement on CFDs sold (LWAP)

(8,040)(187.7)(1,509)

(7,918)(106.0)(840)

Trading, merchant revenue and losses(3)

88

41

Wholesale EBITDAF (1+2+3)

527

426

Wholesale segment

SEGMENTAL PERFORMANCE

51
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Wholesale segment key

Wholesale segment

Reference to detailed operating

segment performance

Comment

Revenue

C&I electricity –Fixed Price2

C&I electricity –Spot2-spot

Spot sales are regarded as a pass-through and not reflected in

performance reporting, any margin included in C&I netback

Wholesale electricity, net of hedging3+10+13

Electricity related services revenue7

Inter-segment electricity sales1

Gas6

Revenuefrom wholesale gas sales, purchase cost in gas and

diesel purchases

Steam4

Other income5

Costs

Electricity purchases, net of hedging9+11+12

Electricity purchases–Spot2-spotSpot sales are regarded as a pass-through

Electricity related services cost7

Gasand diesel purchases8 (less costs identified relating to 6)Includeswholesale gas sales purchases (if any)

Gas storage costs8

Carbon emissions8

Generation transmission andreserve costs8

Electricity networks,transmission and meter costs –Fixed Price2

Electricity networks,transmission and meter costs –Spot2-spotSpot sales are regarded as a pass-through

Gas networks,transmission and meter costs8

Other operating expenses8 (less costs identified relating to 2)

C&Ioperating costs are included in the calculation of netback

(2) and are excluded from generation operating costs

SEGMENT NOTE TO OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE

52
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021

Residential electricityunit

FY18FY19FY20FY21

Residential gasunit

FY18FY19FY20FY21

Average connections#359,171353,105355,073357,117Average connections#60,90561,71161,59160,701

Sales volumesGWh2,5492,4912,5322,520Sales volumesTJ1,6001,6051,5771,495

Average usageper ICP7.17.17.17.1Average usageper ICP26.326.025.624.6

Tariff$/MWh250.1251.7250.4253.4Tariff$/GJ31.631.533.135.3

Network, meters and levies$/MWh-122.4-122.1-118.8-113.5Network, meters and levies$/GJ-19.6-18.4-17.9-17.7

Energy costs$/MWh-86.7-89.5-94.8-100.2Energy costs$/GJ-5.6-5.9-7.9-8.6

Gross margin$/MWh41.040.236.839.7Carbon costs$/GJ-0.7-1.0-1.4-1.5

Gross margin$ per ICP291283262280Gross margin$/GJ5.86.35.97.5

Gross margin$m10410093100Gross margin$ per ICP152165151185

Gross margin$m910911

SME electricityunit

FY18FY19FY20FY21

SME gasunit

FY18FY19FY20FY21

Average connections#57,30955,02055,03349,679Average connections#3,6773,9013,9473,876

Sales volumesGWh1,0991,042991860Sales volumesTJ1,3001,4921,4251,313

Average usageper ICP19.218.918.017.3Average usageper ICP353.5382.6361.0338.8

Tariff$/MWh224.1226.8229.3231.7Tariff$/GJ15.515.115.516.3

Network, meters and levies$/MWh-108.0-111.9-114.5-106.4Network, meters and levies$/GJ-4.5-5.5-6.0-7.9

Energy costs$/MWh-84.8-87.7-93.0-99.3Energy costs$/GJ-5.6-5.9-7.9-8.6

Gross margin$/MWh31.327.221.826.1Carbon costs$/GJ-0.7-1.0-1.4-1.5

Gross margin$ per ICP599516393451Gross margin$/GJ4.82.80.2-1.6

Gross margin$m34282222Gross margin$ per ICP1,6891,06872-552

Gross margin$m640-2

Customer EBITDAF

FY18FY19FY20FY21

Electricity Gross margin$m139128115123

Gas Gross Margin$m151499

Broadband Gross Margin$m010-0.8

Total Gross Margin$m154144125131

Other income$m4456

Other operating costs$m-82-81-79-81

Customer EBITDAF$m76675056

Corporate allocation (50%)¹$m-12-13-15-15

Retailing EBITDAF$m64543540

EBITDAF margins (% of revenue)%6.7%5.7%3.7%4.3%

Customer segment

HISTORIC PERFORMANCE

---

Template
Results announcement

(for Equity Security issuer/Equity and Debt Security issuer)

Updated as at 17 October 2019



Results for announcement to the market

Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited

Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2021

Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2020

Currency NZD

Amount (000s) Percentage change

Revenue from continuing

operations

$2,573,000 24.1%

Total Revenue $2,573,000 24.1%

Net profit/(loss) from

continuing operations

$187,000 49.8%

Total net profit/(loss) $187,000 49.8%

Interim/Final Dividend

Amount per Quoted Equity

Security

$ 0.21000000

Imputed amount per Quoted

Equity Security

$0.05444444

Record Date 27 August 2021

Dividend Payment Date 15 September 2021

Current period Prior comparable period

Net tangible assets per

Quoted Equity Security

$3.18 $3.08

A brief explanation of any of

the figures above necessary

to enable the figures to be

understood


Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised

to make this announcement

Kirsten Clayton, Company Secretary

Contact person for this

announcement

Matthew Forbes, GM Corporate Finance

Contact phone number +64 21 072 8578

Contact email address investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz

Date of release through MAP


16/08/2021


Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.

---

Template
Distribution Notice


Updated as at 18 December 2019




Please note: all cash amounts in this form should be provided to 8 decimal places


Section 1: Issuer information

Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited

Financial product name/description Ordinary shares

NZX ticker code CEN

ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX

website)

NZCENE0001S6

Type of distribution

(Please mark with an X in the

relevant box/es)

Full Year X Quarterly

Half Year Special

DRP applies X

Record date 27/08/2021

Ex-Date (one business day before the

Record Date)

26/08/2021

Payment date (and allotment date for

DRP)

15/09/2021

Total monies associated with the

distribution

1


$162,985,634.70

(776,122,070 shares @ $0.21 / share)

Source of distribution (for example,

retained earnings)

Operating Free Cash Flow

Currency NZD

Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product

Gross distribution

2

$0.26444444

Gross taxable amount

3

$0.26444444

Total cash distribution

4

$0.21000000

Excluded amount (applicable to listed

PIEs)

N/A – Not a listed PIE

Supplementary distribution amount $0.02470588

Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax

5


Is the distribution imputed Fully imputed

Partial imputation

No imputation


1

Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form

2

“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of

Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).

3

“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.

4

“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.

This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.

5

The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is

fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute

advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.

If fully or partially imputed, please
state imputation rate as % applied

6


21%

Imputation tax credits per financial

product

$0.05444444

Resident Withholding Tax per

financial product

$0.03282222

Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)

DRP % discount (if any)

0% - No discount

Start date and end date for

determining market price for DRP

26/08/2021 01/09/2021

Date strike price to be announced (if

not available at this time)

02/09/2021

Specify source of financial products to

be issued under DRP programme

(new issue or to be bought on market)

New issue

DRP strike price per financial product

Not available at this time

Last date to submit a participation

notice for this distribution in

accordance with DRP participation

terms

30/08/2021

Section 5: Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised to make

this announcement

Kirsten Clayton, Company Secretary

Contact person for this

announcement

Matthew Forbes, GM Corporate Finance

Contact phone number

+64 21 072 8578

Contact email address

investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz

Date of release through MAP


16 August 2021






6

Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.

---

Growing.
Investing.

Leading.

2021 Integrated Report

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

Welcome to our second integrated report. This report explains

how Contact Energy creates value over time, or as we say in our

company vision, how we are building a better New Zealand.

Our leadership team has reviewed the report and our CEO Mike Fuge and the Board have confirmed

it is a true and accurate picture of how Contact Energy created value for our stakeholders in the 12 months

to 30 June 2021.

We expect it to be of interest to our people, customers, investors, suppliers, business partners, local

communities, tangata whenua, legislators, regulators, policymakers and all other stakeholders.

It follows the principles-based approach of the Integrated Reporting Framework and reflects our


ongoing journey towards integrated thinking, focused on value creation.

This report is dated 16 August 2021 and is signed on behalf of the Board of Directors of Contact Energy:



Robert McDonald

Chair

Our Chair Robert McDonald and the Board of Directors will host shareholders at the Contact Energy


AGM in mid-November 2021. The notice of meeting and agenda will be provided to shareholders in

October 2021.

More than 98 per cent of Contact Energy shareholders receive digital reports f rom us. We encourage

shareholders to move to digital, and we’ve also ensured the 2,000 printed reports use environmentally

responsible paper and inks.

Dame Therese Walsh

Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

3

Contents

Jargon buster 4

Key activity in FY21 5

Chair’s report 6

CEO’s report 8

Who we are 11

Our Board 12

Our leadership team 13

Our moral compass 14

Our operations 15

Creating value 17

Our supply chain 20

What matters most 21

Contact26 – Our strategy 23

STRATEGIC THEMES 26

Grow demand 27

Study into green hydrogen 27

Electrification of space heating 27

Decarbonising process heat 28

Attracting demand f rom data centres 28

Decarbonising road transport 28

Grow renewable development 29

Tauhara build proceeding 29

Beyond Tauhara 30

North Island battery investigations 30

Growing demand flexibility 30

Supplying geothermal process heat 30

Thermal portfolio 31

Thermal asset review 31

The thermal transition for New Zealand 31

Creating outstanding customer experiences 32

Growing customer engagement 32

Supporting customer wellbeing 33

Managing customer debt 33

Responding to energy hardship 34

Privacy 34

STRATEGIC ENABLERS 35

ESG 36

Where we focus 36

A sustainable supply chain 37

Supporting community wellbeing 38

Responding to climate change 39

Financial implications of climate change 41

Using water resources sustainably 41

Protecting biodiversity 42

TWoW 43

How we’re transforming ways of working 43

Changing labour market 44

Embedding inclusion and diversity 44

Shaping our Contact Community 45

Employee health, safety, environment and

wellbeing 45

Operational excellence 47

Financial performance 47

Our regulatory environment 48

Governance matters 50

Our Board 51

Code of Conduct and policies 53

Risk management and assurance 54

Remuneration report 55

Additional disclosures 61

Statutory disclosures 62

Sustainability disclosures 67

TCFD index 77

GRI index 78

Financial statements 80

Combined Independent Auditor’s


and Limited Assurance Report 106

Corporate directory 111

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

4

Jargon buster

ASX Australian Securities Exchange.

Contact The company called Contact Energy Limited. Unless otherwise

stated, all activities and indicators in this report are for Contact.

CEN Contact’s stock ticker on NZX and ASX.

Contact26 Contact’s strategy which sets out the company’s plan of action

for the five years until 2026.

EBITDAF Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation,


and changes in fair value of financial instruments.

ERANZ The Electricity Retailers Association represents companies

that sell electricity to New Zealand customers and businesses.

ERANZ’s role is to promote and enhance a sustainable and

competitive retail electricity market that delivers value to

electricity customers.

ESG The environmental, social and governance factors to evaluate

performance.

EV Electric vehicle.

FY19 The financial year ended 30 June 2019.

FY20 The financial year ended 30 June 2020.

FY21 The financial year ended 30 June 2021.

FY22 The financial year ended 30 June 2022.

FTE A ‘full-time equivalent’ is a way to measure the workload of

one person.

GRI The Global Reporting Initiative is an international independent

standards organisation that helps businesses, governments

and other organisations understand and communicate their

impacts on things like climate change, human rights and

corruption.

The Group This is Contact Energy Limited, Contact Energy Trustee

Company Limited (a subsidiary), Simply Energy Limited


(a subsidiary), Western Energy Services Limited (a subsidiary)

and Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership (an associate).

Hydrology The scientific study of the movement, distribution, and

management of water. The ‘hydrologic cycle’ involves the

continuous circulation of water and underpins hydroelectric

generation.

<IR> The Integrated Reporting Framework is a principles-based

f ramework for corporate reporting.

NZAS New Zealand’s Aluminium Smelter is the country’s only

aluminium smelter and is located on Tiwai Peninsula, across

the harbour f rom Bluff in Southland.

NZX New Zealand Stock Exchange.

SDGs Sustainable Development Goals are 17 global goals designed

to be a “blueprint to achieve a better and more sustainable

future for all”. The SDGs were set in 2015 by the United Nations

General Assembly and are intended to be achieved by 2030.

Stratford Stratford power station comprises one combined cycle unit


CCGT and two open cycle gas turbine units.

TCFD The Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures

provides a f ramework for climate-related financial risk

disclosures.

Terrawatt Unit of power equal to one million million watts.

TRIFR Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate is a globally

recognised measure of injury rates that can be benchmarked.

TWoW Transformative Ways of Working is one of our major strategic

focuses for the coming 12–18 months. It’s about reimagining

our traditional ways of working.

Jargon buster

Key activity this financial year
July

$40m appraisal confirms Tauhara

geothermal field is a world-class,

low-emissions renewable project.

Jacqui Nelson joined the leadership

team as Chief Generation Officer.

Launched our office/

home rotational

working model for

our customer teams.

August

Announced FY20 results with EBITDAF

of $451m* and net profit of $125m.

Announced we were taking 100%

ownership of energy solution business

Simply Energy.

First Kiwi company to join

the Nasdaq Sustainable

Bond Network.

September

Paid 23c per share FY20 final dividend

to investors, following on f rom interim

dividend of 16c per share in April 2020.

October

Ngā Kaihautū o te awa o Waikato

presented their assessment of the

cultural impacts of the 2019 Karapiti

incident.

November

Director Whaimutu Dewes advised

he would retire f rom the Board in

March 2021.

December

OMV revised down estimates of the

gas it could produce for us f rom the

Maui/Pohokura fields in 2021.

Fined $162,500 in the Environment

Court for the 2019 Karapiti incident’s

impact on the Waipuwerawera and

Waikato awa.

Announced feasibility study with

Meridian Energy to investigate

green hydrogen in Southland.

January

Agreed to supply a portion of the

Tiwai Point aluminium smelter’s

electricity as its owners confirmed it

would operate until the end of 2024.

Signed a four-year sustainability-linked

loan with MUFG Bank worth $75m.

February

Announced $580m investment to

develop 152MW geothermal power

station at Tauhara, and began a

strategic review of our thermal assets.

FY21 interim results revealed EBITDAF

of $246m and net profit of $78m.

Announced a $400m

equity raise for our

capital investment

programme.

March

Rukumoana Schaafhausen joined the

Board as an independent director.

Established a new arrangement with

highly regarded wind generation

experts Roaring40s.

Director Dame Therese Walsh advised

she would retire f rom the Board.

Marked the beginning of the Tauhara

power station construction with a

ceremony hosted by Tauhara Hapū.

April

Acquired Taupō-based geothermal

well specialists Western Energy.

Named most trusted electricity/gas

provider in Reader’s Digest Trusted

Brand awards.

Cleared of breaching the

Electricity Authority’s

conduct rules after an

investigation into our

actions when Clutha

River was in flood in 2019.

May

Customers Open Country Dairy and

Nature’s Flame were winners at the

2021 Energy Excellence Awards.

Announced our ‘Thermal Co’ concept as

a potential option to enable low-carbon

security of supply for NZ.

June

Published new verified science-based

climate change targets in line with

limiting global warming to 1.5 ̊C.

Announced sponsorship of the APEC

CEO Summit 2021.

Rated lowest in Consumer NZ’s 2021

power company satisfaction survey.

Reached 50,000

broadband connection

milestone.

23c

per share

50k

broadband

connections

Contact

INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

5

Key activity this financial year

* refer to note A2 of the

financial statements.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

6

Chair’s report

Welcome to Contact’s FY21 integrated report. I’m very pleased to be sharing

some observations on the year, and to be looking ahead to the future

possibilities and opportunities for Contact.

As you read this year’s report, you’ll see that

FY21 has been a year in which we have achieved

a lot, we have delivered good returns for our

shareholders, and we have ensured the business


is well-positioned for future growth. I acknowledge

everyone on the Contact team who has put their

energy in day after day to make this happen.

Even with the unpredictable and unprecedented

challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic, Contact’s

people have consistently delivered.

Strategy

The Contact26 strategy was developed in the second

half of FY21 and sets out the company’s plan of action

for the five years until 2026. This report is structured

around the Contact26 strategic themes and enablers.

It also uses the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)

standards and the International Integrated Reporting

Council <IR> Framework to report on material

environmental, social and governance activities,


and to provide a balanced view of our performance.

Through Contact26, Contact is ushering in a time

of significant change and adaptation, and is being

positioned for growth. The focus is on leading


New Zealand’s decarbonisation.

New Zealand is privileged to start the

decarbonisation journey with a low-carbon

electricity system. As demand for electricity


grows with industry and transport decarbonising,

Contact will bring new renewable projects to

market to meet that increased demand.

To that end we are very pleased to be progressing

with the world-class Tauhara geothermal project.

The final decision to proceed was accompanied by

$580m of additional investment. We are absolutely

delighted that market conditions now allow us to

proceed with this important development – one

which has been in the planning stages for more


than a decade.

We believe the Tauhara geothermal project


is New Zealand’s best low-carbon renewable

electricity opportunity. It will operate 24/7, is not

reliant on the weather and is ideal for displacing

baseload fossil fuel generation f rom the national

grid, which will significantly reduce New Zealand’s

carbon emissions.

It was notable that Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern

and the Minister of Energy Hon Dr Megan Woods

joined us in March for the launch ceremony hosted

by Tauhara hapū: Tauhara is not just important for

Contact, but for New Zealand. It is a major post-

COVID-19 private sector investment, and will have a

substantial impact on the country’s goal to become

100 per cent renewable-energy powered by 2030.

In March we successfully completed a $400m

equity raise for our capital investment programme,

to initially reduce net debt and provide financial

flexibility to fund the Tauhara project and other

future growth projects. The capital raise gives

us the flexibility to execute on up to $800m of

additional projects beyond Tauhara.

Looking to future growth projects, this year


we entered an exclusive partnership with wind

generation experts Roaring40s to develop a

pipeline of large-scale wind generation assets,


we acquired specialist geothermal service

company Western Energy, and in July 2021 we


released a report we have been working on with

Meridian Energy that examines the potential to

develop green hydrogen at scale in the South Island.

New Zealand is privileged to start the decarbonisation journey

with a low-carbon electricity system. As demand for electricity

grows with industry and transport decarbonising, Contact will

bring new renewable projects to market to meet that increased

demand.

Chair’s report

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

7

The Contact26 strategy was developed in the second half of FY21

and sets out the company’s plan of action for the five years until

2026.

Projects like Tauhara and other potential geothermal

developments, the work that Western Energy


does to make geothermal production more

efficient, the work that Simply Energy does

to help customers, examining the potential of

hydrogen, and investigating the best wind projects

are exactly the types of things that will play an

important role in New Zealand’s transition to a


low-carbon future.

Contact26 gives impetus to these important projects

and many others across the company. This includes

using automation and digitisation to simplify

experiences, and expanding into new products

and plans to help our customers. And it includes

embracing transformative ways of working to ensure

we have a highly engaged and productive team.

Contact26 was underpinned by two significant shifts

in our operating environment. Rio Tinto announced

it would extend the operation of New Zealand’s

Aluminium Smelter at Tiwai Point – a major source

of demand for the energy sector – until the end

of 2024. Alongside that we have the continued

acceleration in stakeholder expectations and

regulatory pressure around natural resource

management, particularly climate change, and


the drive for action to reduce New Zealand’s

carbon dioxide emissions.

Contact is pleased to have played its part in helping

to secure the NZAS resolution, which has provided

much-needed certainty that the transition away

f rom this significant source of demand can be

achieved in an orderly way.

Financials

FY21 has been a year in which we have continued

to deliver solid returns for our shareholders and

made significant moves to ensure the company


is well-positioned for the future.

We delivered a strong financial result in FY21 after

successfully navigating the potential departure of

major energy users, the short-term issues around

low rainfall in the hydro catchments, and the

ongoing challenges around gas supply.

As signalled last year, the dividend policy was revised

to target a payout ratio of between 80 and 100

per cent of the average operating f ree cash flow

of the preceding four financial years. This saw the

Board approve a final cash dividend of 21 cents

per share which will be paid on 15 September 2021

and deliver investors a 35 cents per share annual

dividend.

People

On a personal note, I would like to acknowledge

the departure in March of independent director

Whaimutu Dewes after more than 10 years on

the Contact Board. Independent director Dame

Therese Walsh will also leave the Contact Board

this year to focus on her other governance roles.

Both Whaimutu and Dame Therese have made

considerable contributions to Contact and I would

like to thank them both very much, and to wish

them both well.

In March we were joined by a new independent

director, Rukumoana Schaafhausen. She holds a

range of governance roles at various organisations

and has strong iwi connections and experience.

We are delighted to have her strong values, diverse

thinking, and passion for Aotearoa on the Contact

Board. We are looking forward to having Sandra

Dodds join the Contact Board in September.

She will bring an international inf rastructure

perspective, as well as strong financial skills and

governance experience.

I would also like to formally thank Mike and the

leadership team for consistently demonstrating

strong and clear leadership inside Contact and to

our external stakeholders, and ensuring that we

deliver on our strategy. The results, and the many

other significant accomplishments outlined in


this report, are a testament to this.

I think we can all be proud of the important

contribution Contact is making to New Zealand

and the position the company is in. Contact is

a strong participant in New Zealand’s efficient,

competitive energy market, and is well placed


to be a leader in the country’s decarbonisation.

Over the coming year we will focus on delivering

our Contact26 strategy, as we build a better

future for New Zealand and create value for all

stakeholders, alongside sustainable success over

the long term.

Ngā mihi nui,

Robert McDonald

Chair

Chair’s report

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

8

CEO’s report

I’m delighted to be sharing my perspectives on another action-packed and

opportunity-laden year for Contact, after completing my first full year as CEO.

I feel pride and satisfaction at all that we have

achieved over the past year. We have continued

our strong performance and positioned ourselves

well for the future. As we look to FY22 and beyond,

there is a lot more to do – it is a very exciting time

to be involved in the electricity sector.

We have had a significant strategic reset with

Contact26, which was delivered in the second half

of FY21 and has ushered in an exciting new chapter

for the business. At the heart of Contact26 is our

commitment to building a better New Zealand


and leading the country’s decarbonisation.

We will do this by growing demand for New Zealand’s

renewable electricity; developing new, renewable,

flexible electricity generation; decarbonising our

portfolio; and creating outstanding customer

experiences. The key enablers of our strategy will


be our commitment to strong environmental, social

and governance practices, a focus on operational

excellence and the ongoing transformation of how

we work.

We are well-positioned to deliver our strategy.

We have a strong platform with our existing

knowledge and capabilities in decarbonisation.

We have the renewable assets and development

pipeline we need to provide firm and flexible

electricity supply at a reasonable price. And


we have considerable flexibility in our portfolio.

We also have the people with the passion,

capability and commitment to deliver.

Advances in technology and the improving

economics will accelerate the shift toward

electrification across the economy. Fossil fuel


input costs have rapidly risen, with carbon costs

doubling over the past two years. Gas prices are

rising as supply becomes less secure. Meanwhile

the cost of green technologies has fallen, as new

uses like green hydrogen emerge and electric

vehicle production gains scale.

The upshot is that clean, low-cost, renewable

electricity will be increasingly attractive and


in hot demand. And we are ready to respond.

We are more than ready. We are in action.

Tauhara and beyond

Most notably, we made the decision in February

to proceed with the development of the Tauhara

geothermal power station.

An enormous amount of complex work went into

the project ahead of the final investment decision:

research, preparation, discussion, listening and

engineering wizardry must happen before


an investment like this can get off the ground.

It has been a long time coming, with some of the

people involved at Contact since the initial phase


of investigation kicked off more than 10 years ago.

I would like to thank the team for their perseverance,

resilience and patience. I have appreciated the

guidance and passion of our then deputy CEO

James Kilty and the intellectual horsepower and

common sense of Dr Mike Dunstall and our team

of engineers and project managers. We have a

fantastic team f rom within and beyond Contact


who will ensure the construction of a world-class

power station that everyone can be very proud of.

It does not stop with Tauhara. We are actively

looking at how we can bring more geothermal

development forward in response to the clear

market signals. And we are underway with

innovative options including increased generation

efficiency f rom our existing assets (for example,

new and improved turbines and refined

geothermal processes) and exploring options

around wind, solar and the potential development

of a battery in the North Island.

CEO’s report

At the heart of Contact26 is

our commitment to building a

better New Zealand by leading

the country’s decarbonisation.

Another major focus is on

the retail business where our

energy is going into creating

outstanding customer

experiences.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

9

I am also excited about our work with Meridian

Energy to investigate the potential of a large-

scale, renewable hydrogen production facility

in the lower South Island. This could see a new

industry established that could deliver long-term

economic value for New Zealand while helping to

decarbonise our economy.

Another major focus is on the retail business


where our energy is going into creating outstanding

customer experiences. This commitment has

seen us grow our net promoter score across all of

our customer ‘touchpoints’ by 39 points over the

past five years in a highly competitive market.

Disappointingly we rated lowest in Consumer NZ’s

power company satisfaction survey. We intend to

understand what contributed to this.

In line with our plans to increase customer

connections by expanding into new products

and services, we now have more than 50,000

broadband connections and we are New Zealand’s

fastest-growing broadband provider. We had zero

broadband connections four years ago.

1 EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) measure. Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is provided within note A2

to the financial statements.

People

Our focus also remains very much on our people.

We know the success of our strategy hinges on


our people being ready and excited to execute.

We have a fantastic team, engagement is high, and

we are building our capability to support growth.

This will see us build on our Transformative Ways


of Working (TWoW) programme to re-engineer

the way we work. We are making work at Contact

more flexible for our people, improving their

experience, helping them to be productive, and


at the same time delivering savings to the bottom

line. Our engagement survey results show we are

moving in the right direction, but we will need to

keep evolving and improving.

We have had some changes to our leadership team

this year. Our Chief Customer Officer Vena Crawley

left the company in April 2021. He was a highly

valued member of the leadership team, and has

delivered on the retail business transformation


and the development of our technology strategy,

and created our digital and data road map.

Deputy CEO James Kilty finished up at Contact in

July 2021, to take up the role of CEO at electricity

distributor Powerco. James has made a huge

contribution to Contact and the New Zealand

electricity industry after nearly 20 years at the

company. He has been instrumental in delivering

countless major strategic initiatives across all areas

of the Contact business – I have enjoyed his keen

strategic mind and wise counsel.

On behalf of the Contact whānau, I would like to

thank both James and Vena and wish them well

for the future.

In July 2020 we announced the appointment of

Jacqui Nelson as Chief Generation Officer with

responsibility for operations and energy market

trading. Jacqui has been with Contact for more

than 15 years in a wide range of roles across

finance, resource management, trading and most

recently as General Manager of Operations.

And in another significant appointment,


Jack Ariel took up the new role of General Manager,

Major Projects in April. Jack is responsible for

overseeing the execution of all major surface

engineering projects, starting with the Tauhara

power station development.

Financial performance

This year we’ve delivered a strong financial

performance with EBITDAF

1

up 24 per cent year-on-

year to $553m, and profit up significantly to $187m.

Our results are underpinned by continued smart

channel management of our flexible portfolio

of gas-fired and renewable assets, continued

operational excellence, strong asset availability,


and a strong finanical position.

We have done a very good job in securing gas

supply to ensure we could continue to generate

electricity and help keep the lights on when

renewable generation options were constrained


by weather and restricted gas supply.

In FY21 we will deliver investors a 35 cents per share

annual dividend, down slightly f rom 39 cents per

share in FY20, and in line with the dividend policy

updated in February.

CEO’s report

We have a fantastic team,

engagement is high, and we

are building our capability

to support growth.

While we can be proud of our

FY21 performance and results,

and the ground we have taken

to assure future growth, there

is no room for complacency.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

10

The future

While we can be proud of our FY21 performance

and results, and the ground we have taken

to assure future growth, there is no room for

complacency.

Our retail landscape continues to change with

Trustpower announcing in June that its retail

business (including electricity, gas, fixed and

wireless broadband and mobile phone services)

will be acquired by Mercury Energy, subject to

Commerce Commission approval. We’re looking

forward to the challenges or changes this brings

to the market – after all, competition drives us to

evolve faster and it will bring out the best in us


for our customers.

We continue to see volatility in the wholesale market,

underpinned by the increase in gas shortages and

gas field issues over the past three years and the

impact on investment that accompanied the


Tiwai Point smelter’s threatened closure.

There is no doubt flexible thermal generation will

be required as New Zealand transitions to 100 per

cent renewable. But market stability encourages

investment in sustainable generation and we have

made a good start with more than two terawatt

hours of low-carbon renewable generation projects

set to come on stream across the sector in the next

three years.

As an industry we will need to expedite sensible

decarbonisation, while maintaining security of

supply and affordability.

One action we’ve taken on that f ront is to


start engaging about an option to consolidate

New Zealand’s thermal generation arrangements

into one entity. As the market transitions to lower-

carbon solutions, we are likely to see sub-optimal

levels of capacity f rom intermittent renewables,

for example, for demand peaks or dry periods.

Additional flexibility f rom fast-start thermal

generation will continue to be needed during

the transition, however asset owners will struggle

to make economic returns as the f requency of

use declines. We believe consolidating thermal

assets into a new ‘Thermal Co’ could encourage

electricity generation f rom coal and gas-fired

plants in ways that are aligned with New Zealand’s

decarbonisation objectives, ensuring affordable,

ongoing stable electricity supply, and we are

talking with stakeholders about this.

There is a further stake in the ground for our

industry with the goals and challenges set out


in the Climate Change Commission’s advice

to the Government in June. Our response at

Contact is unequivocal: we are up for the challenge.


Let’s get moving.

It is a hugely exciting time to be involved in the

electricity sector. As a country and a company


we have some audacious goals. We are confident

we can deliver and we are looking forward to it.

Last, and definitely not least, I would like to thank

everyone at Contact for their hard work throughout

the year. None of this would be possible without

our people.

Ngā mihi nui,



Mike Fuge

Chief Executive Officer

CEO’s report

We believe consolidating

thermal assets into a new

‘Thermal Co’ could encourage

electricity generation

aligned with New Zealand’s

decarbonisation objectives.

Who we are
Contact

INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

11

Who we are

Whaimutu Dewes left the Board on 31 March 2021.
Contact

INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

12

Jon Macdonald

INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed Nov 2018

Chair, People

Committee

Member, Development

Committee

Victoria Crone

INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed Nov 2015

Member, Audit and Risk

Committee

David Smol

INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed Oct 2018

Member, Safety

and Sustainability

Committee

Chair, Development

Committee

Dame Therese Walsh

INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed Sep 2018

Chair, Audit and Risk

Committee

Member, People

Committee

Robert McDonald

INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR

Appointed Nov 2015

Member, People

Committee

Rukumoana

Schaafhausen

INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed Mar 2021

Member Safety

and Sustainability

Committee

Member Audit and

Risk Committee

Elena Trout

INDEPENDENT

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed Oct 2016

Chair, Safety and

Sustainability

Committee

Member, Development

Committee

In Governance matters we include a matrix setting out the Board’s expertise across a range of

strategic skills. You can also find full profiles of the directors on our website.

Our Board

Our directors bring broad knowledge, deep understanding and strong experience to the boardroom table. Their governance

sets our strategic course and enables Contact to thrive, succeed, and navigate risk-taking. They ask the hard questions until

they are satisfied with decisions, help us seize the right opportunities, and ensure we balance the interests of all of

our stakeholders.

Who we are

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

13

Jan Bibby

CHIEF PEOPLE

OFFICER

Joined 2019

James Kilty

DEPUTY CHIEF

EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Joined 2002

Dorian Devers

CHIEF FINANCIAL

OFFICER

Joined 2018

Jacqui Nelson

CHIEF GENERATION

OFFICER

Joined 2004

Mike Fuge

CHIEF EXECUTIVE

OFFICER

Joined 2020

Matt Bolton

CHIEF CUSTOMER

OFFICER (ACTING)

Joined 2009

Joined leadership

team Mar 2021

Catherine

Thompson

CHIEF CORPORATE

AFFAIRS OFFICER &

GENERAL COUNSEL

Joined 2010

Iain Gauld

CHIEF INFORMATION

OFFICER

Joined 2017

Joined leadership

team Mar 2021

Jack Ariel

GENERAL MANAGER

MAJOR PROJECTS

Joined Apr 2021

You can also find full profiles of our leadership team on our website.

Our leadership team

Our leadership team implements the strategy approved by the Board. They also ensure the Board receives accurate and

timely information about Contact’s operations, performance, legal obligations, reputation, financial conditions and prospects.

They manage the day-to-day operations of Contact, our people and our resources to ensure these function effectively and

efficiently. They demonstrate strong and clear leadership inside Contact and to our external stakeholders.

Who we are

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

14

Our moral compass – Ngā Tikanga

Our Tikanga guides our actions, both as individuals and as Contact,

and is our set of principles, commitments and behaviours.

Principles

We act professionally at all times.

We care about the health and safety

of our people and minimise health,

safety and environmental impacts on

customers and communities.

We put our energy into things that


matter by:

·

adding value to resources under

our control

·

being inclusive, encouraging

diversity and expression of ideas

and opinions

·

creating value for our stakeholders

·

ensuring the sustainability of our

business

·

looking after natural and shared

resources

·

being a good neighbour in

communities.

We’re authentic and make sound

decisions knowing they’ll be subject


to scrutiny.

Commitments

Creating value for our customers and

communities by developing smart

solutions that make life easier.

Creating a rewarding workplace

for our people by valuing everyone’s

contribution, encouraging personal

development, recognising good

performance and fostering equal

opportunity.

Respecting the rights and interests

of communities by listening, and

understanding and managing the

environmental, economic and social

impacts of our activities.

Respecting the rights and interests

of our business partners so we

work collaboratively to create valued,

rewarding partnerships.

Delivering market-leading

performance for shareholders by

identifying, developing, operating and

growing value-creating businesses.

Staying a step ahead, anticipating the

things that are going to matter to our

business and New Zealand.

Behaviours

Pointed focus sharpens us

Human kindness connects us

Curiosity propels us

Progressive defines us

Who we are

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

15

Our operationsConnections

Connections

by energy type

Volume sold GWh

Connections

by account type

420k

52k

65k

51k

59k

58k

65k

26k

780

838

27k

424k

417k

5.6k

416k

5.1k

Electricity

Electricity

Residential

Natural gas

Natural gas

BusinessOther

(including broadband)

Broadband

945

employees

532k

total customer connections at 30 June 2021

63k

shareholders

+

31

Net Promoter Score

97.6%

gender pay ratio

1

,

045k

tCO

2

e Scope 1 Group emissions

0

tier 1 process safety incidents

8TWh

contracted electricity sales

$2.9b

net assets

35c

per share dividend

81%

renewable generation

$79m

tax paid

430k

spent in communities

All figures at 30 June 2021 or for FY21

2021

2020

Who we are

These connection figures include Simply Energy connnections.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

16

2021 generation by station and typeWhere we are

3,698

(GWh)

1,592

(GWh)

8.4TWh

Total generated

Dunedin

Roxburgh

Clyde

Hawea

Wellington

Levin

Stratford

Te Rapa

Auckland

Whirinaki

Tauhara

UNDER

CONSTRUCTION

Ohaaki

Te Mihi

Simply

Energy

Simply

Energy

Western


Energy

Offices and call centres

Contact Energy sites

Subsidiaries

Geothermal power station

Hydroelectric power station

Storage lake

Simply Energy

Thermal power station

Western Energy

WairākeiTe Huka

Poihipi

Who we are

Roxburgh (320 MW)

Clyde (432 MW)

Te Mihi (166 MW)

Wairākei (132 MW)

Poihipi (55 MW)

Ohaaki (44 MW)

Te Huka (28 MW)

Tauhara (152 MW)

Under construction

Stratford – Peakers (210 MW)

Stratford – CCGT (377 MW)

Te Rapa and Whirinaki (199MW)

2,031

1,126

234

232

1,667

1,240

1,081

339

299

155

HydroGeothermalThermal

3,114

(GWh)

Creating value
Contact

INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

17

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

18

Creating value

This section sets out our business model. We are creating and contributing

to a better New Zealand by putting our energy where it matters.

It includes an overview of the resources and

relationships (or ‘capitals’) that are deployed in

or impact on our business, the influence of the

external environment, and a summary of our


key business activities.

The outputs – and ultimately the outcomes –


that emerge f rom these interactions are how

we create value for Contact, New Zealand,

communities, our people and all of our other

stakeholders over the short, medium and


long term.

External environment

The external environment we operate in impacts

our value creation. This includes economic

conditions such as the post-COVID-19 recovery,

technological change and the rise of digital

for customers, political activity, regulatory

policymaking such as implementing the

recommendations of the Electricity Price Review,

societal change as the population ages and

diversifies, and environmental factors such as

climate change.

For more detailed observations about the external

environment for Contact in FY21 and beyond,

please read the overviews f rom our Chair Robert

McDonald, our CEO Mike Fuge and Contact26 –


our decarbonisation strategy.

“New Zealand has one of the

world’s leading energy systems

when it comes to sustainability,

security and affordability. It is

the only country that has had a

triple A grade in all three areas

since 2000.”

Business NZ

The trilemma

The World Energy Council’s energy trilemma is a

three-dimensional problem that involves balancing

the security of energy supply with environmental

sustainability and affordability.

It neatly provides a f ramework for articulating

the areas where Contact puts its energy to create

sustainable value for New Zealanders; we’re working

hard to improve accessibility, demonstrate reliability

and look after the environment.

The trilemma also demonstrates the competing

demands and trade-offs at play. Pushing harder

on one dimension of the trilemma may require

concessions f rom the others. For example, a

requirement for all energy production in New Zealand

to be 100 per cent renewable is likely to prove very

expensive, but a more balanced target of 95 per cent

will still deliver excellent environmental outcomes but

avoid the prohibitive costs.





“COVID-19 has changed patterns

of electricity consumption and

e-commerce, and the recovery

f rom the pandemic is likely to

be greener, exemplified by

‘build back better’.”

The World Energy Council

In the Contact context:

• accessibility is focused on customer wellbeing,

energy hardship and tailoring our products and

services to customer needs.

• reliability is focused on the resilience of our

supply chain, the impact of regulation, financial

sustainability, the reliable supply of energy, and

the safety and wellbeing of our people.

• environmental sustainability is focused

on community wellbeing, climate change,

renewable energy, water and biodiversity.

Who we are

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

19

We create value by:

Capitals – We depend on various forms of capital for our success and the stocks of these increase, decrease or change in the course of our business activity.

Natural

Using, looking after and

managing natural resources

and environmental assets

are fundamental parts of

Contact’s business. This

includes water, geothermal

steam/fluid, gas, air quality,

land, carbon, biodiversity,

pest control and ecosystem

impacts.

People

The experience, expertise,

competence and passion of

our people f rom our Board

and management team

through to everyone in our

offices and sites. It captures

our ways of working, our

safety culture and our

Tikanga. It includes internal

engagement, development,

risk management,

continuous improvement

and innovation, managing

external relationships and

aligning to deliver strategy.

Relationship

Our social licence to operate

relies on myriad relationships

within and between our

communities, stakeholders

and networks. It includes

the reservoir of goodwill

and trust we earn (or burn)

with stakeholders including

tangata whenua, customers,

communities, shareholders,

local bodies, Government,

regulators, media, suppliers,

partners and our own people.

Financial

We have a pool of funds that

we deploy to produce and

deliver energy, serve our

customers and undertake


all of our other activities.

This has been generated

via our business activities,

investors and debt

arrangements.

Asset

Various physical and

intellectual assets are used in

delivering reliable, affordable

and environmentally

sustainable electricity to


New Zealanders. This includes

11 power stations, offices,

vehicles and transmission/

distribution connectivity. It

also includes our reputation,

website and application

software, IT systems, customer


databases, brands, licences

and internal ‘know-how’

around activities like safety,


transformation and

geothermal engineering.

deploying financial, natural,


relationship, asset and people capital

factoring in external environment

influences

undertaking business activities in

alignment with our Tikanga, vision

and strategy, overseen by good

governance

delivering outcomes that impact

on accessibility, reliability and

environmental sustainability.

Risk and opportunity

E

n

v

i

r

o

n

m

e

n

t

A

c

c

e

s

s

i

b

i

l

i

t

y

R

e

l

i

a

b

i

l

i

t

y

A

s

s

e

t

s

N

a

t

u

r

a

l

R

e

l

a

t

i

o

n

s

h

i

p

s

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

P

e

o

p

l

e

Vision and strategy

Ngā Tikanga

Governance and leadership

Supply chain

Delivering reliable generation of electricity

Growing electricity demand

Growing renewable development

Decarbonising our portfolio

Creating outstanding customer experiences

Operating with great ESG practices, operational

excellence and transformative ways of working

Build a better New Zealand by:

Who we are

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

20

1. We generate

We own and operate 11 power stations

and in FY21 produced 81% of our electricity

f rom our renewable hydro and geothermal

stations. Our natural gas and diesel-fired

power stations operate to ensure the lights

stay on for New Zealanders when intermittent

renewable plants cannot operate.

2. We trade

We sell the electricity we generate on the

wholesale market. We purchase goods and

services f rom more than 2,000 suppliers.

We also trade a range of financial products

to manage our risk and create value.

3. We innovate

We create smart solutions that are good for

people (tiaki tangata) and the environment

(tiaki taiao) to help customers, partners, suppliers

and communities have a better quality of life.


We are an innovative, safe and efficient generator,

actively working with our customers, partners


and suppliers to improve energy efficiency,

reduce emissions and fight climate change.

4. We sell and serve

As a retailer we sell products and services to

thousands of individuals and businesses to


meet their energy and broadband needs.

CLYDE

ROXBURGH

TE MIHI

WAIRĀKEI

OHAAKI

TAUHARA

(UNDER CONSTRUCTION)

POIHIPI

TE HUKA

STRATFORD – CCGT

Thermal

Hydro

Geothermal

STRATFORD – PEAKERS

TE RAPA

WHIRINAKI

T

R

A

N

S

P

O

W

E

R

L

I

N

E

S


C

O

M

P

A

N

I

E

S

B

R

O

A

D

B

A

N

D


S

U

P

P

L

I

E

R

S

Our supply chain

Who we are

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

21

What matters most

We use the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards

(core) and the International Integrated Reporting

Council <IR> Framework to report on material

environmental, social and governance activities, and

aim to provide a balanced view of our performance.

We also report our climate change risks using the best

practice guidance of the Task Force for Climate-related

Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework.

Unless otherwise stated, all activities and indicators are for Contact rather

than the Group.

What we did

We undertook an annual review to help determine the things

our stakeholders care about that we impact on. This assists our

understanding of the most important environmental, social and


governance issues for our business, and the opportunities for

us to create value. This review involves an environmental scan,

a review of internal documents, and what our stakeholders have

told us.

What we heard

The topics identified by each stakeholder group are set out below.

Customers

Affordability,

customer

service, helping

communities,

environmental

protection, safety,

supporting NZ

economy, climate

change, inequality,

reducing costs,

mitigating emissions

trading costs,

business resilience,

decarbonisation and

electrification, energy

efficiency, cash flow,

financial security,

privacy, cybersecurity.

Tangata whenua

Whānau/hapū/

iwi health and

wellbeing,

connection to and

care of natural

resources, respect

for cultural sites and

cultural identity,

jobs, inequality, te

reo and tikanga,

access to resources,

youth development,

cost of living.

Communities

Being a good

neighbour, impact

on the natural

environment,

climate change,

community

connection, jobs,

cost of living,

cost of energy,

mental health,

waste, inequality,

renewable energy,

supporting local

economy.

Investors

Sustainable

dividends, financial

performance,

managing risk

(including climate

change risk),

taking care of our

customers, human

rights, supply

and demand,

environmental

stewardship,

regulatory change,

social licence, ESG

credentials.

Our people

Safety, wellbeing,

professional

development,

inclusion and

diversity, technology

and systems,

flexible working and

work/life balance,

leadership, Tikanga

and company

culture, workload,

connecting with

communities, job

security.

Suppliers/partners

Continuity and

certainty of work,

maintaining supply

chains, health and

safety, natural

environment, cash

flow, access to

energy, technology.

Government

Accelerating

renewables and

electrification,

resource

management

reform, f resh water,

relationships with

tangata whenua,

inequality, regional

development, social

licence, reliability

of supply, energy

hardship and

inequality, just

transitions.

Who we are

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

22

The material issues matrix

Our materiality matrix maps ‘stakeholder interest’

on the vertical axis, and ‘opportunity for Contact


to create value’ on the horizontal axis. All the topics

are important, but we report on those that rank

highest across both axes and appear in the top-

right corner.

This year we report on 13 topics grouped under


the seven areas of our Contact26 strategy.

Our key observations are:

The top specific issue f rom stakeholders was

‘protection of children’ – linking to the big theme

of future generations.

The rise in inequality was informed by the #1 issue

of our stakeholder survey – protection of children.

Also the top themes for stakeholders and shown in

national research were social issues such as poverty

and access to housing.

Water moved higher, driven by changing public

sentiment – increased concern on water quality

and supply, additional regulatory risk, focus and

reforms f rom the Government on this issue, and

continued investor disclosure requirements.

Increase in focus on financial sustainability, being

driven by increasing importance to stakeholders

in the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Stakeholders

didn’t mention customer experience much,

potentially reflecting that people are satisfied


with their customer experience. They may be more

focused currently on price and energy hardship.

With changing ways of working, it’s not surprising

that employee wellbeing is increasing in focus.

Compared to the significant focus on resilient

supply chains a year ago (during global lockdowns)

this theme did not feature much this year.


50

60

60

70

70

Significance of the impact or opportunity

Influence on stakeholder assessment and decisions

80

80

90

90

100

100

Inequality

Technology

Customer

experience

Energy

hardship

Customer

wellbeing

Grow demand

Grow renewable

Thermal portfolio

Customer experience

Regulation

Resilient

supply chain

Employee safety

& wellbeing

Financial

sustainability

Community

wellbeing

Climate

change

Renewable

energy

Biodiversity

Water

Privacy

Diversity

Workplace culture

Reliable

energy

Human rights/

rights

Partnerships

United Nations Sustainable

Development Goals

We also mapped the 13 material topics against the

United Nations’ 17 Sustainable Development Goals,


and identified six goals where we believe Contact

can have the greatest positive impact.

You will see these icons in the main report where

they relate to specific sections.

Who we are

The arrows show the

direction of movement

for the material topics

compared to FY20.

ESG

TWoW

Operational excellence

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

23

Contact26

Our strategy to lead New Zealand’s decarbonisation

Themes

Enablers

This will be underpinned by three key enablers


Grow demand

We’re growing demand for

New Zealand’s renewable

electricity in a range of ways.

Grow renewable

development

We’re developing new, renewable,

flexible electricity generation as

the market evolves.

Create outstanding

customer experiences

We’re creating outstanding

customer experiences as we build

New Zealand’s leading energy and

services brand to meet more of our

customers’ needs.

Decarbonise

our portfolio

We’re decarbonising our portfolio of

generation assets (and the New Zealand

electricity market) via an orderly

transition to renewable generation

(managing the balance between

continued security of supply, minimal

emissions and affordability).

Environmental,

Social, Governance (ESG)

• Create long-term value through our

strong performance across a broad set of

environmental, social and governance factors.

Operational

excellence

• Use innovation to continue to improve business efficiency

• Prudent management of stay-in-business CAPEX to

deliver value

• Capture economies of scale and further digitise our business.

Transformative

ways of working (TWoW)

• Use technology to modernise our operating model

• Increase employee engagement to attract and

retain talent.

Who we are

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

24

We are pursuing our long-term vision to create and contribute to a better

New Zealand by playing a leading role in the country’s decarbonisation journey.

Our Contact26 strategy was developed in the second half of FY21 and sets out

our plan of action for the five years until 2026.

The ref reshed strategy is underpinned by two

structural shifts:

• Rio Tinto’s announcement that it would extend

the operation of New Zealand’s Aluminium

Smelter (NZAS) at Tiwai Point until at least 2024

provided much-needed certainty that a transition

away f rom the electricity sector’s reliance on this

significant source of demand (~13 per cent of

total electricity demand in New Zealand) could

be achieved in an orderly way.

• The continued acceleration in stakeholder

expectations and regulatory pressure around

natural resource management, particularly

climate change, and the drive for action to


reduce New Zealand’s carbon dioxide emissions.

Decarbonisation is combining with advances

in technology to accelerate the shift toward

electrification across the economy. Fossil fuel

input costs have rapidly risen, with carbon costs

doubling f rom $20 to more than $40 per unit over

the past two years. Gas prices are rising as supply

becomes less secure. Meanwhile, the cost of green

technologies has fallen, as new uses like green

hydrogen emerge and electric vehicle production

and availability gains scale (an EV battery is

expected to be 30 per cent cheaper in 2025 than


it is today).

The upshot is that clean, low-cost, renewable

electricity will be increasingly attractive and in

demand. Our strategy will reduce reliance on

NZAS and deliver decarbonisation by electrifying

New Zealand’s energy needs as well as new global

industrial supply chains.

Strategic themes

Our Contact26 strategy has four strategic priorities:

• We’re growing demand for New Zealand’s

renewable electricity in a range of ways.

• We’re developing new, renewable, flexible

electricity generation as the market evolves.

• We’re decarbonising our portfolio of generation

assets (and the New Zealand electricity market)

via an orderly transition to renewable generation

(managing the balance between continued

security of supply, minimal emissions and

affordability).

• We’re creating outstanding customer

experiences as we build New Zealand’s leading

energy and services brand to meet more of our

customers’ needs.

Strategic enablers

These priorities are underpinned by three

programmes of work that are our strategic enablers:

• a renewed commitment to environment, social

and governance outcomes, as we know strong

ESG credentials will help us create long-term value

• the continuation of our operational excellence

programme driving efficiency and best practice

• our transformative ways of working to attract

and retain talented people.

Why will we succeed?

The key capabilities that will allow us to move on

our Contact26 strategy, and set us apart f rom our

peers include:

• Knowledge and capabilities in decarbonisation

that provide us with a growth platform. For

example, through Simply Energy we provide

commercial and industrial customers with a

package of demand flexibility, long-term power

pricing agreements, and deep knowledge around

electrification options. We were also the first

gentailer to complete a large-scale industrial

electrification, working with our customer


Open Country Dairy on their new boiler.

• Renewable assets and a development pipeline

to back this demand. Our portfolio is able


to provide firm and flexible electricity supply

and low costs. Our hydro power stations deliver

low-cost electricity and flexibility and attract new

demand f rom new sources (e.g. data centres).


Our geothermal power is the lowest cost baseload

power in the market, and we believe our operating

costs are unmatched. We have a pipeline to build

on this with additional geothermal development

options, and our future pipeline of wind and solar

options is progressing too.

• Commodity risk management. We have

considerable flexibility in our portfolio, with our

hydro assets, demand flexibility capacity, and

thermal plant. This allows us to manage our risk

and make trade-offs between different fuel sources.

This will become more important as renewable

penetration grows and prices become more volatile.

Measuring success

Each of the strategic themes has a set of ambitious

measures that provide insights into the anticipated

areas of activity, and define what success will look like.

Who we are

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

25

Themes


Grow demand

Metrics and measures

We have set ambitious measures of success across our strategic themes

Grow renewable

development

Create outstanding

customer experiences

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Who we are

• Senior in-house capability to

support industry electrification

partnerships by 2021

• 100 MW of new commercial

and industrial demand by 2025

• Identified 300+ MW of market-

backed demand opportunities,

replacing NZAS in the lower SI


by end of 2024 (e.g. hydrogen).

• Tauhara online by 2023

• Final investment decision on next

renewable build (e.g. Wairākei

geothermal, new wind, new solar)

by 2024

• Decision on North Island battery

by end of 2023, for delivery in 2024

• 100 MW demand response

capacity by 2025.

• Complete thermal review in 2021,

and executed by the end of 2022

• TCC decommissioned by end

of 2023

• Reduce Scope 1 and 2 GHG

emissions 45% compared to 2018

baseline by 2026

1

.

• Top 10 ‘most trusted brand’

by 2025

2

• +650,000 customer connections

by 2025

• CTS < $120 per connection

• 75% of customer interactions

through digital channels.

1. SBTi target at 1.5 degrees.

2. As per Colmar Brunton Rep Track report, 2021 ranked 44th.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

26

Strategic themes

Strategic

themes

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

27

Strategic themes

Grow demand

We are pushing for accelerated

electrification of New Zealand’s

economy through our own efforts

and investments, and working with

customers, partners and suppliers

to grow demand for renewable

electricity at their end. In this section

we discuss some of the opportunities

that are underway.

Study into green hydrogen

In December 2020 we announced a $2m, three-

part study into the feasibility of producing green

hydrogen in the lower South Island, in conjunction

with Meridian Energy.

The project is now officially called Southern Green

Hydrogen and in July 2021, Contact and Meridian

Energy released the first part of our feasibility

study and announced we are seeking registrations

of interest to develop the world’s largest green

hydrogen plant.

The first part of our study, conducted by McKinsey

and Co, found that the plant has the potential to

earn hundreds of millions in export revenue and

help decarbonise economies here and overseas.

Green hydrogen is regarded as the most promising

energy source to decarbonise sectors such as

heavy transportation and industrial processes that

currently rely on fossil fuels.

More than NZ$200 billion has already been

committed by governments and the private sector

around the world to support the development of

hydrogen economies. The report estimates global

demand could increase more than sevenfold


to 553 million tonnes by 2050.

We believe Southland has the potential to be at the

foref ront of this growth opportunity when the Tiwai

Point aluminium smelter closes at the end of 2024,

f reeing up large volumes of renewable electricity.

Economic benefits outlined in the report for


a 600 MW green hydrogen export facility include

a one-off addition of up to $800 million to

New Zealand’s GDP and the creation of thousands

of jobs in construction, as well as up to $450 million

and hundreds of additional jobs on an ongoing basis.

Green hydrogen production could support


New Zealand’s transition to a 100 per cent

renewable electricity generation system by

reducing hydrogen production when hydro lakes

are running low, allowing electricity to flow back

into the national grid to support local homes

and businesses. This flexibility would see hydro

generation replace coal and gas-fired generation

and reduce carbon emissions.

The Southern Green Hydrogen feasibility study is

ongoing, with two further reports being produced

later in 2021 – a technical study to understand how

to build and operate a large green hydrogen plant

in a safe and commercial way, and an electricity

market study to work out what role a large facility

might play in helping to manage ‘dry year’ risks

and get New Zealand closer to 100 per cent

renewable electricity.

Registrations of interest f rom organisations


around the world that may wish to participate

in the project close in October.

Electrification of space heating

Space heating (e.g. open coal fires, gas radiant/

convective heaters, hot water radiator systems


in homes and commercial buildings) are another

major part of New Zealand’s energy use.

As with process heat, the electrification of this

part of the energy sector is expected to become

more economically enticing and set to accelerate

over the coming years. The Climate Change

Commission expects demand for electric space

heating to have increased by 3 terawatt hours


by 2035.

Our role is to help customers make the transition,

with the biggest wins set to be in large commercial

buildings. There is a lot of activity in this area,


much of it stimulated by the Government Investment

in Decarbonising Industry Fund (GIDI Fund),

a partnership between Government and business

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

28

Strategic themes

to accelerate decarbonisation and shift all building

heat away f rom reliance on fossil fuel heating.

As carbon prices grow and impact on heating

options, we expect many business and residential

customers to consider the benefits of electrification.

Decarbonising process heat

Process heat comprises 35 per cent of New Zealand’s

energy use, most of which is supplied by burning

high-emission fossil fuels. Through Simply Energy,

we work with companies across a range of industries


as they contemplate and take action to decarbonise

their operations where it makes sense. This includes

investigating and activating options to electrify


the heat required as part of industrial processes.

Our focus is initially on low temperature boilers,

which are most easily electrified.

There is huge potential to remove coal and

gas f rom these processes and replace it with

renewable electricity: for example, it is estimated

that the electrification of domestic food production

alone would require an additional 12.6 terawatt

hours of electricity and reduce New Zealand’s

carbon emissions by about 3 per cent

1

.

The Climate Change Commission’s recent

advice suggested all meat, retail food and dairy

production (a combined volume of around


5 terawatt hours) process heat would be converted

away f rom fossil fuels by 2035. We know that as

carbon costs continue to rise the economics of

electric boilers will become increasingly attractive

for industrial users.

Last year Simply Energy partnered with Open

Country Dairy in their Awarua expansion, providing

a long-term energy supply agreement to support

the installation of a 13 MW unit that is the Southern

Hemisphere’s largest electrode boiler.

With the new boiler, Open Country Dairy can heat

cold water to full steam in less than five minutes,

compared to six hours via a traditional coal-

powered boiler.

1 MBI Process Heat fact-sheet.

We expect to see more appetite for process heat

electrification as carbon prices continue to rise,

and gas remains scarce. Simply Energy works with

customers on a broader approach too, offering

long-term pricing agreements with stable pricing,

bundled with demand flexibility options and fuel

switching technology. This makes the proposition

more attractive by allowing these assets to support

the grid and provide additional revenue to the

customer’s bottom line.

Attracting demand from data centres

As global data processing grows and increases its

electricity requirements, Simply Energy is working

on plans to attract new demand f rom data centres

in the lower South Island close to clean, low-cost

and reliable electricity.

Electricity makes up anywhere f rom 40–80


per cent of a data centre’s total running costs.

Many other countries have data centre industries

and have similar sources of electricity, including

Canada, Norway and Sweden.

There are some challenges around access to major

connections and latency. While this is improving

with increased investment and competition in

undersea cables to Australia and the United States,

this will remain a challenge for New Zealand.

Plans are underway to supply a 10MW data centre

in the lower South Island on a flexible load supply

agreement.

Decarbonising road transport

We are helping electrify and decarbonise

New Zealand’s road transport by supporting the

uptake of electric vehicles (EVs), and potentially

supporting hydrogen-fuelled heavy transport too.

EVs are a major source of new electricity demand,

identified by the Climate Change Commission as

requiring around 6 terawatt hours of electricity


by 2035. Between 2021 and 2025 more than

400 new EV models are expected to be launched

by manufacturers around the world. This will increase

consumer choice and competition, and the price of

an EV is expected to break even with a conventional

petrol car.

We will launch a lower, EV-targeted overnight tariff

for our customers to help them make the switch,

and we are working with our industrial customers

through Simply Energy to electrify their fleets where

it makes sense to do so. We’ve been electrifying our

own fleet too.

Over half of our passenger fleet is already electric,

saving us money and emissions. We will be able

to electrify 100 per cent of the passenger fleet by

2023, and 100 per cent of Contact’s company fleet

will be zero emissions by 2030. The company fleet

includes non-passenger vehicles like utes.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

29

Strategic themes

Grow renewable development

1 Geothermal is something of an unsung hero in Aotearoa New Zealand, but it plays a crucial role in our generation mix and the transition away f rom fossil fuels.


In FY21, 81 per cent of the energy

we generated came from renewable

geothermal

1

and hydro sources,

and the remainder from thermal

generation. This was approximately

20 per cent of New Zealand’s total

electricity generation.

We are building new generation on the back of

demand growth, and also substituting baseload

thermal generation in New Zealand’s grid.

We believe investment in renewables will continue

to grow. Declining technology costs make it more

economical than ever to invest in renewables.


The ongoing scarcity of gas in the market also

means new, baseload, flexible generation is

increasingly important to New Zealand as it

delivers reliability and assists with the stability


of electricity supply.

The Government is very clear about its desire to

decarbonise New Zealand’s electricity production.

There is a strong appetite for new renewables to


be built and to displace thermal generation.

We are proven developers and operators of renewable

assets, and we are well-placed to deliver here.


Tauhara build proceeding

On the generation side, we’re focusing on the

successful build of the Tauhara geothermal power

station. The final decision to proceed was made

in February 2021, accompanied by $580m of

additional investment. We’re delighted that


market conditions now allow us to proceed with

this important development for New Zealand –


one which has been in the planning stages for

more than a decade.

We believe the Tauhara geothermal project


is New Zealand’s best low-carbon renewable

electricity opportunity. It will operate 24/7, is not

reliant on the weather and is ideal for displacing

baseload fossil fuel generation f rom the national

grid, which will significantly reduce New Zealand’s

carbon emissions.

Japanese engineering, procurement and

construction contractor Sumitomo Corporation is

partnering with New Zealand construction company

Naylor Love and Fuji Electric to complete around

60 per cent of the build activity. The remaining


40 per cent will be completed by a suite of

contractors across New Zealand, including the

central North Island and Taupō.

The development supports New Zealand’s

transition to a low-carbon economy as it provides

a foundation to support the country’s increased

electricity needs over the next decade.

We have 60 years of production experience f rom

operating the world’s second-oldest electricity-

producing field. Our acquisition of Western Energy

this year builds on these capabilities, and will help

us improve our well service capability and be even

more efficient with our production.

We believe we are New Zealand’s lowest-cost

geothermal operator, and the natural developer


for new geothermal to support New Zealand’s

energy transition.

To continue to strengthen our capacity and

capability for major projects, we have established

a Major Projects Group. This group, headed by a

new General Manager Major Projects, Jack Ariel,

will oversee the execution of all major surface

engineering projects, starting with Tauhara.

Establishing the Major Projects Group is a key part

of our strategy for growth, to ensure projects are

resourced with the capability and skills to win and

are not distracted f rom their core purpose of safely

delivering projects on time, within budget and to

the specifications required.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

30

Strategic themes

Beyond Tauhara

We are already thinking beyond Tauhara to our

next developments. This includes a pipeline of

wind, solar and geothermal options to make sure

we are well-positioned to capture the increased

demand for electricity with new, renewable assets.

In March 2021 we announced the highly regarded

wind generation experts at Roaring40s will work

exclusively with us to develop a pipeline of large-

scale wind farm opportunities in New Zealand over

the next six years. We have signed a contract with

a landowner for a potential wind farm site in the

lower South Island.

The Climate Change Commission believes


New Zealand needs around 10 terawatt hours of

additional wind generation by 2035. Our exclusive

partnership with Roaring40s puts us in a strong

position to meet this need given their experience

developing close to 70 per cent of the country’s

current wind sites.

In solar, we are in the process of securing consents

to build a pipeline of potential sites.

Geothermal energy remains important in the

transition to a low-carbon economy because

it provides low-emission baseload generation,

unlike weather-dependent renewable sources

such as wind, solar or hydro. In geothermal, we

have a range of options to consider. These include

doing nothing further, building a new plant on

the Wairākei field, or potentially extending our

operations on the Tauhara field.

As we work through the options, we will

continue to work closely with iwi, hapū and local

communities. We are sensitive to impacts on land,

waterways and biodiversity; modern adaptive

management techniques help ensure these

are identified early so negative impacts can be

avoided, reduced or mitigated.

North Island battery investigations

We are exploring ways to provide more flexibility

to the grid, and we see this becoming increasingly

valuable as the proportion of renewable energy

increases. One investigation is into the potential

development of a 50MW battery in the North Island.

The ‘green flexibility’ of a battery is becoming more

favourable as thermal generation capacity exits

the market and is ‘replaced’ by intermittent wind

and solar generation. The costs of technologies

like batteries are falling quickly too, making an

investment like this more attractive.

Growing demand flexibility

Through Simply Energy we continue to grow our

demand flexibility platform – and we now have

more than 30 commercial and industrial customers

signed up providing a total portfolio of 13MW.

Simply Energy has identified 400MW of potential

flexible load, and we expect the demand flexibility

portfolio to grow to 100MW by FY24.

This platform enables commercial and industrial

customers to automatically reduce power

consumption f rom equipment such as pumps,

fans and compressors during high-electricity

demand periods and reduce fossil fuel generation

as a result. Innovation in technology has reduced

the cost of the associated equipment by around


90 per cent, opening up this market further.

When supply is tight, the platform can provide

a more sustainable option than ramping up

thermal electricity generation to balance the grid.

Customers are paid to reduce grid emissions by

being flexible with the electricity they consume


so it is a win-win.

We know our customers value opportunities that

make it easy for them to contribute to reducing

New Zealand’s emissions by being flexible with their

operations, and to reduce their costs at the same time.

Supplying geothermal process heat

Geothermal process heat is a way to deliver energy

in close proximity to geothermal sites without the

need for heat pumps or power plants. Directly

using geothermal energy is much less expensive

than using traditional fuels and it is also very clean.

In New Zealand there are industrial, commercial,

residential and agricultural applications including

timber drying, aquaculture, horticulture, milk

drying and space heating.

Through Simply Energy, we supply geothermal

process heat to Taupō businesses around our

geothermal power stations, including the Huka

Prawn Park, Tenon Sawmill, Nature’s Flame, Ohaaki

Thermal Kilns, Wairakei Terraces and Wairākei Resort.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

31

Strategic themes

Thermal portfolio

We lead by example by making

our operations more efficient,

minimising adverse impacts on

communities and the environment,

and walking the talk – if we expect

our customers to decarbonise, we

must take the journey too.

We have led the way by closing higher-carbon

generation assets and developing new, low-

carbon ones. Over the past 13 years we have built

geothermal generation at Te Mihi and Te Huka and

have works in progress at Tauhara. We’ve closed

thermal power stations, developed underground

gas storage and built two highly efficient gas-fired

peaking plants.

In FY21 we put in place arrangements to reduce

carbon emissions through gas tolling with Nova

Energy. This will see a significant tranche of

electricity generation switched away f rom high-

emissions generation at Nova substituted by

efficient, lower-emissions generation by Contact.

Thermal asset review

In February 2021, we announced plans to review

our portfolio of thermal assets: Taranaki Combined

Cycle (TCC), Stratford Peakers, Te Rapa and the

Whirinaki Peaker Plant.

This ongoing review aims to find the best way for

us to operate these assets. It is grounded in our

desire to create a sustainable future for Contact’s

operations; aligning ourselves with decarbonisation

is the best way to create long-term value for our

shareholders and for New Zealand.

We are also cognisant of supply constraints and

the need for an orderly transition away f rom

thermal generation, without threatening the

stability of supply or affordable access to energy.

In New Zealand there continues to be strong

reliance on thermal generation when intermittent

renewables cannot meet demand.

We expect to close TCC in 2023 when the geothermal

power station at Tauhara is commissioned.

TCC is due for an expensive refurbishment and

input costs will escalate as gas and carbon costs

continue to increase. This closure will reduce our

emissions footprint and help us meet our recently

updated science-based targets.

We need to find the best operating model for


our remaining thermal assets.

The thermal transition for New Zealand

As thermal generation exits the market, pushed

out by lower-cost intermittent renewables,


New Zealand will continue to have sufficient

energy in the grid but may be exposed to sub-

optimal levels of capacity to meet peaks in


demand or dry periods.

Our view is that baseload thermal assets are set

to become less economical with rising gas and

carbon costs, but the flexibility provided by fast-start

thermal ‘peakers’ will remain critically important

over the short and medium term. They will play


an important role in ensuring the orderly transition

to renewables without negative impacts on price

and security of supply. However, these assets will


be used less f requently.

The market’s current operating model for thermal

generation, where many owners hold a broad set

of assets that operate independently, may not be

optimal. Owners of thermal assets will struggle to

make an economic return and the market will see

higher and higher prices to claw back the fixed

costs of running these assets when they are needed.

We believe there is an opportunity for the market

to reassess the role of thermal generation as

it transitions towards 100 per cent renewable

generation. One idea we have developed is to

consolidate New Zealand’s thermal generation

arrangements into one entity. This new entity

(‘Thermal Co’) would encourage electricity

generation f rom coal and gas-fired plants

in ways that are aligned with New Zealand’s

decarbonisation objectives, and in an orderly


way that is affordable, ensures ongoing stable

electricity supply and provides risk coverage.

We’re underway with discussing the Thermal Co

idea with various stakeholders.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

32

Strategic themes

Creating outstanding

customer experiences

1 The statistics do not include former energyclubnz customers who were transferred to Contact in the middle of 2020.

We play a vital role for hundreds of

thousands of New Zealand homes

and businesses that rely on the

electricity, gas and broadband that

we supply. We help them warm

their homes, power their businesses,

and connect with their communities

and the world.

We listen to our customers and align our services

and our people capability with this. Access to our

services is fair, easy and customer-inspired.

We offer a broad range of products and services

to meet different customers’ needs. We work with

customers to understand their circumstances and

find the right plan that suits their needs.

Growing customer engagement

We are the largest single-brand electricity provider

in New Zealand. Over the past five years we have

improved our engagement with customers, with

our Net Promoter Score (NPS) at +31 on 30 June 2021.

Another useful indicator of our customer

satisfaction is our customer switch rate, which

measures customers leaving Contact. Our switch

rate for FY21 was 18.1 per cent, which is 13.6 per cent

below the market average. Our switch rate was

up 10.6 per cent compared with FY20 (an atypical

year because of COVID-19) but down 2.4 per cent

compared with FY19

1

.

In April we were pleased to be awarded the

Reader’s Digest Award for the most trusted

electricity/gas provider in the country. On the

flipside, in June we were rated the lowest in

Consumer NZ’s annual power company satisfaction

survey with 42 per cent of our customers ‘very

satisfied’ and 40 per cent ‘somewhat satisfied’.


We have met with Consumer to find out more

and we acknowledged that we want to do better.

What we’ve done

We focus on creating outstanding customer

experiences by simplifying our customer journeys

through digitisation, making it easy for customers

to bundle broadband with their gas and electricity,

and providing smart solutions that create a better

energy future.

Digitisation

Our end-to-end customer journeys programme is

streamlining the experience for customers, making it

easier for them to engage with us digitally, fixing pain

points, and simplifying labour-intensive processes.

More than 60 per cent of our interactions with

customers are now through a digital channel. Many of

our customers now use our apps and website for self

service, with more than 100,000 active monthly users.

The Contact mobile apps continue to provide

excellent experiences for our customers, top-rated

among all New Zealand energy companies in the

Apple app store (4.7 stars) and top-rated among

tier one energy providers in the Google Play store

(4.2 stars). This success eases demand on our

traditional phone and email service channels.

Some of the wins on this f ront include:

• Self-service refunds: Customers can ‘self-serve’

refunds through our apps and website without

having to call us. This has resulted in a 55 per cent

increase in self-service.

• Faster CSR journeys: New digital journeys for our

Customer Service Representatives have reduced

the average handling time for customers looking

to join Contact or change their account to a new

address.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

33

Strategic themes

• Improved billing emails: We made these easier

to understand and highlighted important

information. In the first month of using the


new emails we saw customers using our website

increase by 48 per cent and app use increase


by 10 per cent.

• Online messaging: We introduced new customer

service channels using Facebook Messenger and

WhatsApp. These instant messaging tools help us

respond faster as we can talk customers through

issues in real time and they are fully integrated

with our call centre platform. The project has

seen a 16 per cent efficiency increase in our

service delivery, alongside a 20 per cent reduction

of inbound email.

We are rapidly shifting our customer sales activity

f rom traditional to digital channels. This helps

ensure customers sign up for the most suitable

products and services at the right price, while

helping us reduce customer acquisition costs.


We have also stopped door-to-door sales.

Credit checking

We have introduced comprehensive credit

reporting. This ensures we consider good payment

behaviour alongside any issues. For example, we may

now take on a customer who has an unpaid bill f rom

several years ago but has since paid all their bills on

time. As a result we are now onboarding more than

50 additional customers each week.

Customers who fail a credit check are all still able

to use our PrePay product, which enables them

to access most of the same products, prices,

discounts and rewards as other customers.

Success in broadband

In the past four years we have grown broadband

f rom zero to more than 50,000 customer

connections. We are New Zealand’s fastest-


growing broadband provider.

This year we enabled automation of broadband

orders f rom customers straight through to

1 Note these numbers do not include customers on prepay.

our provider Devoli. This ensures customers

are connected faster and improves the overall

customer experience.

Our success in broadband is the result of

continually improving our broadband products and

delivering the best possible customer experience,

supported by a commitment to staff training and

dedicated marketing and IT support.

Supporting customer wellbeing

We’re committed to being accessible to all

New Zealanders and businesses, with a focus on

how we can best support our customers, and we

make every effort to ensure no customers will be

left without power. We know we have an important

role in helping those most in need to keep their

lights on and their homes warm. We also know

that ‘one-size-fits-all’ isn’t the best way to serve


our customers or New Zealand.

If anyone needs help paying their bill, we

encourage them to get in touch so we can discuss

their options, including our range of plans and

ways to pay that may help manage energy use.

We help customers having a tough time financially

to maintain their credit rating and we deploy a

wide range of tools to help people stay connected.

This includes early and proactive intervention,

different payment options, PrePay services, health

and welfare checks for customers, EnergyMate

energy assessment referrals, and working with

support agencies including the FinCap budgeting

service and Work and Income.

We’re also involved in ERANZ’s Vulnerable and

Medically Dependent Consumer Working Group,

which brings together people f rom across the

electricity sector, government departments,

regulators, and community organisations to drive

continuous improvement in the support provided

to customers in need.

Our range of payment options make it easy for

customers to smooth out the cost of their bills,

align bills and due dates with pay days, or to opt


for PrePay for more control. We also check whether

customers are on the right plan to meet their

needs and whether switching to a different plan


or payment option might help.

More than 5,500 customers are now on weekly or

fortnightly payment plans, up f rom 602 two years ago.

We’ve also had more than 5,000 customers sign


up for PrePay since it launched in September 2018.

About 30 per cent of these customers would

previously have been unable to access energy


f rom us because of their credit history.

For some customers, PrePay helps them to retain

access to energy by repaying debt at a rate and

timeline that suits their budget, with no additional

charges or fees.

We made a simple change to our automated

disconnection process in June to help PrePay

customers who are on welfare benefits. Moving

automated disconnections to a different day

of the week saw the volume of weekly PrePay

disconnections fall by between 70 and 100 and

ensured more of our customers stayed connected

(and avoided reconnection fees).

Managing customer debt

We know complex issues are at play when it comes

to customer debt, and we take a responsible

approach. We help customers manage their existing

debt with repayments over a period that works for

them, and without debt-related fees or charges.

We only move to disconnection as an absolute last

resort, and for this small proportion of residential

customers their average balance in the final

quarter of FY21 was $549, down f rom $600 in


the same period of FY20.

We work hard to help customers who are

disconnected get reconnected. In the final quarter

of FY21, 53 per cent of customers were reconnected

within 24 hours, up f rom 45 per cent a year ago

1

.

This year our net bad debt write-offs were less


than $1.2m, compared to $3.4m last year.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

34

Strategic themes

Responding to energy hardship

We are proud of our work with ERANZ on

EnergyMate, a f ree in-home energy coaching

service for consumers at risk of energy hardship,


struggling to pay their power bills or to keep

their homes warm. The programme is funded by

electricity retailers like us, as well as lines companies

and the Energy Efficiency and Conservation

Authority (ECCA), and delivered by community

organisations.

In 2019, ERANZ piloted EnergyMate in 150 homes

in Auckland, Wellington and Rotorua. In April 2021

the Government announced plans to help expand

the programme tenfold to reach more than 1,500

families this year. A key element of this expansion is

a greater focus on Māori and Pasifika communities,

through Whānau Ora and Pasifika services

affiliated with FinCap.

Privacy

Privacy is very important and is becoming more

so as the world becomes increasingly reliant on

digital communication. We are guided by our

Tikanga and take responsibility for looking after

and respecting all personal information that we

manage. We expect our people to comply with


the Privacy Principles set out in the Privacy Act

2020 and we have two Privacy Officers to assist


in driving and managing our privacy practices.

Over the past year, we have been focused on

getting ready for the changes brought into effect

f rom December 2020, while improving our overall

privacy policies, procedures and training.

We are reporting on privacy complaints and

breaches in our Sustainability disclosures.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

35

Strategic enablers

Strategic

enablers

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

36

Strategic enablers

ESG

As a significant New Zealand

company there is an increasing

expectation for us to pull our weight,

to understand our impact on the

environment, society and future

generations, and measure

our progress.

And we anticipate that the next generation will

have even higher standards and expectations of

companies like Contact.

Our families, our teams and our communities

expect us to actively demonstrate that we are good

corporate citizens who care about New Zealand.

In fact it’s more than actively demonstrating – it’s

living and breathing these things, and contributing

to making New Zealand a better place.

We know too that many – if not most – investors

are increasingly considering non-financial

sustainability-based measures, in combination

with traditional financial measures, when assessing

every company’s performance.

And of course, although these factors are labelled

non-financial, how they are managed or not

managed has measurable financial consequences

in terms of things like access to capital, risk and

reputation management, and efficiency.

We know enhancing our strong environmental,

social and governance credentials will help us

create long-term value. It will also ensure we are

focused and not spread too thin – deliberately

pursuing some things, and also being deliberate

about what we are not pursuing.

We have renewed our effort on ESG over the past


12 months. We are in a good place here – we have

many ESG factors built into the DNA of the company.

This starts with our Tikanga – our commitment to

being a responsible organisation – and our built-in

reliance on natural resources and good people and

strong communities to sustain our operations.

It includes our market-leading efforts around

decarbonisation, integrated reporting, science-

based targets, carbon disclosure, diversity and

inclusion, site-based environmental management,

sustainability policies and our green borrowing

programme.

So when we say a renewed effort, it has been about

adding rigour and resources to many of the things

we have been doing for many years. It’s being

clearer and more deliberate. It has seen ESG factors

integrated into our priorities and recognised as a

key enabler – alongside operational excellence and

the way we work. We want to keep leading and

being recognised as a leader on this f ront.

Where we focus

The Contact26 strategy is grounded in a sustained,

conscious effort to lead decarbonisation for


New Zealand – and that means we will operate

in a sustainable way, and ensure a bright future

for the next generation.

For New Zealand, this means that we are acting

as good stewards of our environment and helping

communities to thrive. We’ll do this by being

responsible asset managers, lowering our carbon

emissions, and investing into communities.

In practical terms, it means we help make good

things happen – an example of this is ensuring

access for the Central Otago Rail Trail near the

Clyde Dam. It means building a bioreactor to reduce

our impact on waterways. It means working hard

to look after our native species such as kiwi and

tuna (f reshwater eels). And sometimes it means

making tough calls to close power stations, reduce

emissions and embrace the shift to renewable energy.

For our customers, it means giving them access to

affordable, clean and reliable electricity. It means

we value our customers, will work to ensure their

needs are met and will treat them fairly. A good

example of this is our set of customer pricing

principles where ESG has had a strong influence.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

37

Strategic enablers

This includes making sure the prices paid by new

customers and existing customers are never too


far apart.

For our Contact people, this is about being a fair

and equitable workplace where people are proud

to work. Our people also want to be a part of a

successful organisation, they want us to walk the

talk and want to help us drive positive change.


Our strategy to decarbonise New Zealand provides

an exciting challenge for us all on that f ront.

Setting ESG metrics

We have a comprehensive set of metrics to track

our ESG performance set out in the table below.

A sustainable supply chain

Maintaining and developing a sustainable and

resilient supply chain is increasingly important,

especially as COVID-19 has led to greater

restrictions on access to international markets

and resources, and increased pressure on the

sustainability of local businesses and suppliers.

We must maintain access to the resources we

need to run our business, while also driving more

sustainable outcomes with our supply chain partners.

Contact purchases a wide variety of goods and

services. Our biggest purchases are electricity to

sell on to our customers and transmission charges

relating to transporting that electricity to our

customers. We also use a range of national and

international suppliers to help us maintain our

power stations and electricity supply, support our

connection to customers, and support the running

of our offices and overall business.

We have around 2,000 suppliers and approximately

5 per cent are offshore. In the past 12 months

we have developed a more robust approach to

sustainable procurement. We have developed a

Supplier Code of Conduct that we ask suppliers

to sign up to and have started to embed this

procurement approach into Contact. This

includes resources to help our people make more

sustainable and balanced decisions in purchasing,

assist with identifying key suppliers to partner with

to improve environmental and social reporting and

impacts, and increase understanding of our supply

chain and its dependencies. Data on supply chain

impacts is in our Sustainability disclosures.

EnvironmentSocialGovernance

• We will reduce our Scope 1 and 2 carbon

emissions by 45% by 2026, compared to 2018

when we first set our targets.

• We will displace 1PJ of industrial heat with

electricity by 2022.

• We will move our geothermal generation

operations off the Waikato River, reducing


our impact on the river system by 2026.

• We are electrifying our fleet. 100% of Contact’s

company fleet will be zero-emissions by 2030.

The company fleet includes non-passenger

vehicles like utes.

• Through our partnership with Drylandcarbon,

we will plant 20,000 hectares of economically

marginal land by 2024. This equates to


30 million tonnes of carbon dioxide removal

over the lifetime of the 40-year partnership.

• We will plant an additional 100,000 native

trees by 2024.

• We want to be a world leader in renewable

energy development. Our goal is to be 95%

renewable by 2025.

• We will support a minimum of 100 community

initiatives and organisations each year. In FY21


we supported 123 through sponsorship,

donations, grants, and volunteer time.

• We directly spent $163,000 on energy hardship

initiatives in FY21.

• We have products that suit a range of customers

and do not discriminate on the basis of credit

history. Our target is to on-board 96% of

customers who come to us for energy services.

• We will work to try and ensure that no modern

slavery exists in our supply chains. In March

we signed an open letter calling on the

government to legislate against the use of


slave labour.

• We are ensuring Contact employees and

contractors are paid a fair and equitable wage.

• We are ensuring a minimum 40:60 gender split

throughout the company – Board, leadership

team, senior managers and across all of our

people. We are also focusing on STEM and

technical trades to ensure a 40:60 gender

balance in our apprenticeship and training

programmes.

• We will actively work to remove bias f rom our

recruiting processes and systems.

• We will maintain our Rainbow Tick accreditation

as an inclusive workplace for LGBTTQIA+ people.

• We have converted all of our bilateral lending

facilities to sustainability-linked loans and

certified all debt as green.

• We are targeting inclusion in the Dow Jones

Sustainability Asia Pacific Index by FY22.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

38

Strategic enablers

Supporting community wellbeing

We live, work and operate in communities across

New Zealand, and we know our actions impact on the

people and environment around us. Our philosophy


is to ‘be the neighbour you’d want to have’.

This means respecting the rights of others,

ensuring the safe and best practice operation


of our sites, and making a positive contribution

to the communities we call home. It’s all part of

being a responsible New Zealand company.

As a good neighbour, our approach is to be upf ront

and transparent, and to invest locally into issues

that matter to our people and our communities.

We have community engagement plans for 100

per cent of our operational sites. These plans guide

our approach to stakeholder engagement, identify

our key stakeholder groups, and include initiatives

such as regional partnerships and site sponsorship

programmes. We also have a staff volunteer

initiative called Community Contact, so our people

can contribute time to community initiatives that

they care about.

This year we spent $430,000 in the community


and supported 123 organisations and initiatives

through sponsorship, donations, partnerships,


and staff volunteering. Our people spent 733 hours

volunteering.

As we begin construction of the Tauhara power

station, re-consent our Wairākei operations and our

peakers in Stratford, and look to new renewable

development opportunities, we will ensure we

minimise our impacts on the communities

around these projects, and maximise the benefits.

Community buy-in is critical in obtaining and

renewing consents.

We have mitigation agreements in place with

various community organisations and tangata

whenua where we operate, which outline our

commitments to offset our impacts on stakeholder

groups. For example, agreements with tangata

whenua outline how we will mitigate cultural

impacts and engage with tangata whenua as

tangata tiaki (guardians) of their cultural resources.

Delivering on these agreements is important to

maintaining our social licence to operate. While

they outline the minimum we should be doing, we

always aim to do more – as a good neighbour would.

Our project teams also have comprehensive

stakeholder engagement processes in areas where

we have new developments or re-consenting

underway. These processes are about identifying

our impacts and looking at how we avoid, offset


or mitigate any issues that arise.

In Taupō, we have established a new employment

and training programme. Ka Hiko (this means ‘to

spark’) is an initiative we are running in partnership

with our contractors, which came about as a result

of feedback f rom tangata whenua that they want

training and employment opportunities for whānau.

We foster open, respectful, reciprocal relationships

using our Tikanga to guide us. We work hard to

understand the needs and aspirations of our local

communities, and to ensure they understand how

our business works – and how we tick as people too.

We don’t always get it right but we f ront up to

explain our approach and apologise where we

have made a mistake. For example, we accepted

responsibility for the accidental, unauthorised,

unlawful discharge into the Waikato River in

February 2019, for which we were fined $162,500

by the Environment Court in December 2020.

Although we could not undo the incident, we have

put a lot of effort and resources (including more

than $2.5m) into putting things right as best we can.

As part of our sentencing, we committed to a

restorative justice process, and have been working

collaboratively with local authorities, iwi and

others in the local community to address their

concerns. In particular we worked alongside Ngāti

Tūwharetoa to understand the deep and wide-

ranging impacts of the incident on the stream and

river, their cultural connections to these taonga,

and their community.

We agreed to a suite of actions to respond to the

issues Ngāti Tūwharetoa highlighted in the cultural

impact assessment, including improvements to our

current ways of operating and interacting with iwi,

a wide-ranging environmental restoration effort

on the affected areas, and long-term initiatives to

strengthen our relationship and cultural competency.

We also apologised for upsetting the local

community, tangata whenua and environmental

groups near Reporoa following aerial spraying of

the Torepatutahi Wetland, a restoration project

we have been working on since 2014. The spraying

targeted invasive willow, however native plants

were damaged in the process. We have committed

to be more inclusive and collaborative in our

approach to managing this restoration project.

The Waikato Regional Council issued us with an

abatement notice to be more selective with our

restoration methods in the future.

We want to hear f rom our neighbours when times

are good and not-so-good. In addition to our social

media and website channels we have an 0800

number for communities around our geothermal

and hydro operations, which people can call 24/7

if they need us. We also have a formal complaint

process for environmental and community events

embedded in our risk reporting system.

Caring for kiwi

We entered an exciting new partnership with

Taranaki Kiwi Trust this year to help protect and

grow western brown kiwi populations and raise

awareness of their plight.

Without help, New Zealand’s most iconic bird

is likely to be extinct in the wild within two

generations. Community involvement and

engagement is essential for kiwi conservation,


and that’s the focus of the Taranaki Kiwi Trust.

Through our partnership, we are the main supporter

for the Trust’s education programme, where

secondary students create educational resources


to teach primary students about kiwi conservation.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

39

Strategic enablers

The programme encourages inquiry learning –

enabling students to get hands-on experiences

that will foster an interest in kiwi conservation,


and to create educational resources to pass on

the information to other schools.

The partnership aligns with our sponsorship of

the educational category in the Taranaki Regional

Council environmental awards, and enhances

our sponsorship of the Kiwi Contact education

programme in Wairākei.

Planting with a purpose

We joined forces with Ngāti Tūwharetoa to plant

300 native trees near a stream culvert on Huka

Falls Road in Taupō in September 2020.

More than 30 of our Wairākei team took part in

the planting through our Contact Community

Volunteer programme – alongside 50 students

f rom a local kura kaupapa and intermediate.

One of the things that made the planting extra

special was that we planted 16 different varieties


of tree, each with a purpose in traditional medicine

or kai – f rom beer-making (kawakawa, tī kōuka)

through to healing herb properties (makomako,

korokio, mānuka, patete).

This initiative followed on f rom our massive

planting of more than 6,500 mānuka seedlings


last year at the Waipuwerawera Stream, impacted

by the Karapiti slip at Wairākei.

Another epic Contact Epic

We hosted the Contact Epic – New Zealand’s

ultimate mountain biking challenge – at Lake

Hawea again in April. The Contact Epic is a 125km

race that attracts riders to the Queenstown Lakes

f rom around New Zealand each year. It is the

longest and most scenic mountain bike race in

New Zealand.

This year 620 riders competed in the Epic and the

shorter Classic and Traverse events. Among them

were seven of our own team wearing the Contact

jersey.

The race is known for challenge and adventure and

this year was no exception, with Mother Nature

shaking things up. Large inflows into Lake Hawea

just before the event meant part of the course

was impassable and the route had to be changed

– adding to the challenge for organisers as well as

riders.

A large part of the success of this event, which

Contact has supported since 2008, comes f rom the

efforts of the many volunteers that make it happen.

This year around $15,000 has been raised for the

volunteer groups and the Contact Epic Community

Fund, which will benefit individuals and not-for-

profit groups in the Hawea Community. On top

of that, during the race the local pony club raised

$1,500 at the now famous Dingleburn Station tea

and scones aid station and the Girl Guides raised

$1,900 at the end-of-race bike wash.

Responding to climate change

Momentum to limit the extent and impacts of

global warming continues to grow in New Zealand.

This includes the projected physical impacts of

climate change and the transitional risks such as

regulatory change and shifting consumer behaviour.

As an energy company, climate change is a

material issue for our business. While more


than 80 per cent of the electricity we generate

at Contact comes f rom low-carbon renewable

resources, we contribute to climate change

through the burning of fossil fuels in our thermal

power stations, our vehicles and through other

indirect sources (such as energy use and travel).

We are a participant in the New Zealand Emissions

Trading Scheme, which means we purchase and

surrender units to cover our obligations.

In 2019 we commissioned the National Institute

for Weather and Atmospheric Research (NIWA)

to model the potential climate-change impacts

around our power stations and operational

sites based on two scenarios developed by the

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

(IPCC). This information was used by our teams

to help identify the physical and transitional risks

and opportunities that climate change presents

to our business. We found that climate change

exacerbates existing risks in some areas, while also

posing new risks and opportunities. Our Contact26

strategy positions us well to respond to these.

The key risks and opportunities identified over

the short, medium, and long term are outlined in

Climate-related risks. We believe that as a business,

we can help fight climate change through both

reducing our own emissions, and supporting

decarbonisation of energy in New Zealand (see

Grow renewable development). This benefits our

communities, and also creates an opportunity to

grow demand for renewable energy, which as a

generator and retailer we are well-positioned to meet.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

40

Strategic enablers

Reducing our carbon emissions

We are a member of the Climate Leaders Coalition,

and we’re committed to playing a role in the

decarbonisation of New Zealand.

In June 2021 we committed to ambitious new climate

change targets aligned with the goal of minimising

global warming to 1.5 ̊C and approved by the


Science Based Targets initiative. This sees the Group

aiming to reduce our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by

more than 45 per cent – a reduction of more than

500,000 tonnes of carbon dioxide on 2018 emissions.

The targets are one thing, but more importantly

they will be accompanied by action. We are well

underway with several projects and activities that

will reduce our emissions. This includes building

the low-emission, renewable geothermal power

station at Tauhara, as well as reviewing the future

of our thermal portfolio.

We are walking the talk with our TWoW programme

of flexible working, which has seen travel and

commuting emissions across the Group reduce by

57 per cent year-on-year (a reduction of 756 tonnes

of carbon emissions).

Since 2012 we have reduced our emissions f rom

generation by 57 per cent by closing down high-

emission power plants, prioritising low-emission fuel

options for electricity generation, and completing

emission reduction projects across our sites.

Details of our science-based targets

We use the Greenhouse Gas Protocol to measure

and report on our Group emissions. Scope 1

emissions are direct emissions f rom operations,

Scope 2 emissions are f rom the purchase and use

of electricity, and Scope 3 emissions are created

throughout our supply chain.

Our Group commitments are:

• to reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions

45 per cent by 2026 f rom a 2018 base year

• to reduce absolute Scope 1 and Scope 3 emissions

f rom all sold electricity 45 per cent by 2026 f rom

a 2018 base year

• reduce Scope 3 emissions f rom use of sold

products 34 per cent by 2026 f rom a 2018 base year.

Achieving these targets will require us to displace

thermal generation with low-carbon renewable

generation, which will take time and investment.

Our Tauhara project is set to play an important role

in helping us meet these long-term targets too.

In FY21 our Group Scope 1 and 2 emissions were

13 per cent higher than the previous year. This was

due to a nationwide dry year, with low lake levels

meaning we ran our thermal power stations more.

Compared to our 2018 base year, our Scope 1 and 2

emissions were 11 per cent lower in FY21.

Our Group Scope 3 emissions increased year-on-year

by 100 per cent, mainly as a result of an increased use

of our swaption with Huntly power station.

There is a slight increase in emissions per MWh

for the period as a result of using more thermal

generation. Further detail on our emissions is


in Sustainability disclosures or in our GHG inventory

on our website.

Leading by example

Contact was the first New Zealand company

to sign up as a supporter of the Task Force on

Climate-related Financial Disclosures. We have

used their guidelines to guide our climate-related

reporting and have included a TCFD index in this

report to identify where material is reported.

We were also the first company in New Zealand

to establish a green borrowing programme. This

year we have expanded by establishing additional

sustainability-linked loans.

And in 2020 we became the first company in the

Asia-Pacific region to list our bonds on Nasdaq’s

Sustainable Bond Network.

We were also pleased to be recognised again

as one of the companies working hard to be a

sustainability leader in the 2021 edition of Colmar

Brunton’s Better Futures report.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

41

Strategic enablers

Financial implications of climate change

In 2021, we reviewed and updated our scenario

analysis, based on the latest information such as

the Climate Change Commission’s recent research,

to further understand the financial implications of

climate-related risk on our business.

We formulated 12 potential scenarios using a

business-as-usual, 1.5 ̊C future, and 4 ̊C future to

help us understand the impacts of climate change

on revenue, assets, expenditure, capital financing

and lending.

We mapped this over the short, medium, and long

term looking at inputs such as the impact of the

Tiwai Point aluminium smelter closure, changes

to solar uptake, increasing carbon costs, changes

to demand, generation asset mix and more. This

analysis tells us that under all scenarios EBITDAF

will remain relatively flat in the short term, before

lifting again in line with assumptions on increasing

demand as a result of electrification post-2024

when the electricity supply contract for the Tiwai

Point smelter ends. Our analysis also suggests

that mobilising to help decarbonise New Zealand,

and limiting global warming to 1.5 ̊C, yields better

financial outcomes for Contact than a situation

where temperatures increase above 1.5 ̊C.

Our Contact26 strategy helps position us to take

advantage of the opportunities that decarbonisation

presents to our business, while also reducing

emissions f rom electricity in New Zealand in the

short to medium term. We have more detail in

Strategic themes. While there are many unknowns,


we believe our current strategy positions us well

to drive change, while maximising opportunity

for our stakeholders now and in the long term.

We have more detail on our climate-related risks

in our Sustainability disclosures.

Using water resources sustainably

Water is a precious resource that we share with

all New Zealanders. We rely significantly on access

to water to run our power stations and generate

electricity. Water holds both a practical and cultural

significance in New Zealand. Our stakeholders

want to know that we are using our water resources

in a sustainable way, ensuring that f resh water is

protected for future generations.

At our hydro facilities, water is passed through


our dams to generate electricity, which impacts on

river flow, f reshwater species migration upstream

and downstream, and sediment. At geothermal,

we use geothermal fluid to generate electricity.

Through Simply Energy we also provide

geothermal fluid to other downstream users, such

as the Wairakei Terraces and Huka Prawn Park.

Cooling water is used at all of our power stations

to keep things running safely and efficiently. This

is reused or returned to the stream or river it was

taken f rom (and some evaporates). We also use

water in our offices, like most other businesses.

We have a Commitment to Water, which outlines

our principled approach to sustainable and shared

use of this resource. We maintain a water impacts

register at our operational sites and f rom that


we identify projects for improvement each year.

We measure our water usage dynamically and

also produce a holistic water dashboard each year

which measures our performance on a range of

water-related impacts f rom ecological integrity


to water security, water quality and more.

This financial year we used 15,435,820 megalitres


of water, 99 per cent of which is returned to rivers

or to geothermal reservoirs (non-consumptive),

with the remainder discharged in line with our

resource consents.

In FY21, we had a target to undertake four water

improvement projects. We completed two at our

Wairākei geothermal power-station, which resulted

in reducing our potable water-use at the site by

approximately a third. We undertook a number


2,500,000

2,000,000

1,500,000

1,000,000

500,000

0

FY12FY13FY15FY16FY17FY18FY19FY20FY21FY14

65.2%

Scope 1

34.7%

Scope 3

0.1%

Scope 2

Emissions from electricity generation (tCO

2

e)

Total group greenhouse gas emissions by Scope

(tCO

2

e) 2021

Scope 1 – produced directly through our operations.

Scope 2 – emissions f rom purchased electricity.

Scope 3 – emissions in our wider supply chain.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

42

Strategic enablers

of ecological studies on the Waikato River to

understand our impacts, to work towards improving

them. We also completed a review at Whirinaki Power

Station to identify the most sustainable options


for our water discharges f rom the plant. We have

a project underway at Stratford power station to

improve the water treatment plant performance.

We had no water-related incidents in the financial

year, although we continue to address the impacts

of the Karapiti incident in 2019, whereby a large

amount of sediment was discharged into the

Waikato River (see Protecting biodiversity).




Non-consumptive water

usage (ML)

1

20212020

Source/water use(ML)

1

(ML)

1

Clutha Mata-Au River water

2

15,098,98016,624,902

Geothermal reservoir69,18075,992

Geothermal cooling water

2

336,840330,047

Total15,435,82017,030,941

Total water usage

3

20212020

Source/water useWithdrawal (ML)

1

Discharge (ML)

1

Withdrawal (ML)

1

Discharge (ML)

1

Geothermal reservoir103,17733,997114,80538,813

4


River and surface water

2

2,5091,536

Water f rom third parties

2

321283

Council

2

7,59434

Discharge f rom all sources18,72715,476

Total113,60152,724116,65854,289

4

1 ML = Megalitres.

2 Fresh water.

3 Management of the use and impact on water is largely done through our resource consent compliance activities.

4 FY20 figure restated due to reporting error.

Protecting biodiversity

Biodiversity simply means the variety of all life on

Earth. It is important to us because our operations

have wide-ranging impacts on species and

habitats, which differ depending on the type of

generation, the region we are operating in, and


the local environment.

Our Biodiversity Statement of Intent sets out our

intent and responsibility to protect the indigenous

species and unique ecosystems we impact. Our goal

is to have thriving and sustainable ecosystems

within all habitats that we influence. We do this

by ensuring that all of our sites have site-specific

biodiversity management plans and we engage

with local communities, work with external

partners and experts in biodiversity management,

and support community groups to achieve their

biodiversity goals.

The diversity of our operations results in a range


of different impacts.

At our geothermal operations in the Taupō region,

we impact on species that rely on warm ground,

such as thermotolerant vegetation, and our

discharges to f reshwater can negatively affect

water quality. At our hydro operations on the


Clutha River, our greatest impacts are on fish passage.

At our thermal stations, our impacts on biodiversity

are minimal, however, we actively contribute to the

needs and aspirations of our community.

Our approach to biodiversity management is to

first look for opportunities under our control and

influence, then to support grassroots community

groups doing work in these areas. We invest in


youth near our operations by providing them

with hands-on experiences to educate and inspire.

For example, in Taupō, we support Kids Greening

Taupō and Kiwis for kiwi and enable local schools

to follow the life of kiwi f rom egg incubation to

release back into the wild.

We have established plans to mitigate our

biodiversity impacts for all our operational sites


and we report on our progress to the Board’s

Health, Safety and Environment Committee.

In collaboration with Waikato Regional Council,

we have continued to remove wilding pines f rom

geothermally significant land across Taupō, taking

the total area to approximately 78 hectares. We have

also planted 64 hectares with indigenous species

to boost indigenous flora and fauna across the

areas we operate in.

Across our sites in 2021 we caught 3,354 pests,

planted 29,068 trees, transferred 330 tuna

(f reshwater eels) downstream in the Clutha

catchment (including 19 migrant tuna), and

transferred 51.8kg of elvers upstream of the

Roxburgh Dam. We have planted more than

125,000 native trees over the past three years.


To ensure their survival, this year we hand-released

(weeded and cleared by hand) around some of


the existing native plants.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

43

Strategic enablers

TWoW


The success of our strategy relies

on our people being ready, willing,

able and excited to get things done.

We have great people, our employee

engagement is high, and we are

building our capability to support

growth.

A key enabler of our strategy is our Transformative

Ways of Working (TWoW) programme. This is

about making work at Contact more flexible for

our people, improving their work experience,

engagement, and productivity, and delivering

savings to the bottom line.

Our aspiration for a OneContact culture has

been fundamental to our approach with TWoW.

OneContact is about all of our people being

connected and inspired to support the delivery


of our strategy in a united way. How we support

and enable the success of our people is consistent

and inclusive – We are OneContact.

How we’re transforming ways of working

The ways in which we live and work have

fundamentally changed over the past 18 months

as we have responded to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Rather than go back to the pre-COVID-19 normal, we

are being deliberate about continually reimagining

and redesigning Contact towards the ‘next normal’.

This is the basis of the TWoW programme. It is

much broader than just ‘working f rom home’.

At Contact we have the choice to work f rom

anywhere, as long as it works for the role and


we can do so safely and securely.

It’s not just about location either – we are also

redesigning what we work on, who we work with,

how we work and when we work.

We know that technology and digitisation

underpin TWoW and we have completed a highly

successful upgrade of our platform, moving to

Windows 10 and providing new equipment to

allow our people to work more efficiently. We have

also used RealWear VR technology to undertake

specialist inspections remotely where we haven’t

been able to bring global experts into New Zealand.

We are continuously watching out and adjusting

for any unintended consequences of TWoW too,

gathering data and insights to understand what’s

working and what needs more or different support.

As travel bubbles open, we support our people to

take leave to recharge and reconnect with family

and f riends. If anyone finds themselves stranded

because of temporary travel bubble closures, we

will work with them and their leaders to minimise

any impacts. With the technology we have in place,

many of our team can continue to work while

offshore subject to certain restrictions.

We know f rom research that companies that

embrace flexible work practices are likely to be

well-positioned to sustain their operations, attract

more diverse talent, futureproof their culture,

create competitive advantage and succeed over

the longer term.

That has been our experience so far too. In our

people engagement survey tool, Peakon, Contact

was rated highly for ability to work flexibly (8.5/10)

and ability to work remotely (8.6/10). We have been

able to hire people who live in parts of New Zealand

where we do not have a physical office or site.


And we have also had minimal business disruption

during further regional COVID-19 alert level changes.

TWoW is also delivering financial benefits. It has

enabled us to downsize our offices in Auckland,

Levin, Wellington, and Dunedin, while still

providing space for people who prefer to work

f rom the office. In Wellington, where we’ve had


the biggest change, we have moved f rom

occupying four floors to just one.

In the past year, TWoW-related initiatives have

delivered $1.8m of recurring savings.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

44

Strategic enablers

Changing labour market

COVID-19 has changed the labour market and

we have seen fluctuations in the talent available.

In the initial stages we saw applications spike

for entry-level roles such as customer service

representatives. Conversely, the market has

become tighter for specialist talent and skills,


such as geothermal and digital expertise.

While we can no longer employ global talent as

easily as in the past, we are leveraging TWoW to

attract talent f rom previously untapped areas in

New Zealand and we are developing our current

people. In the long term we are optimistic the

international talent market will reopen and we are

working alongside Immigration New Zealand to

address talent shortages in the short term where

possible.

Embedding inclusion and diversity

We have an equitable work environment where

inclusion is deeply embedded and our people are

encouraged to be themselves.

Underpinned by our Inclusion and Diversity Policy

and Strategy, we have a wide range of initiatives to

drive greater inclusion and support for our rainbow

community, Māori, women and young people.

We have retained our Rainbow Tick accreditation

and are preparing for reassessment in August 2021.

The reassessment will give us insights into how

well we are doing at supporting and including our

rainbow community, and will help us keep building

an inclusive culture.

We celebrated Pride this year

with an internal campaign,

Pride in Contact. This built

on the great work we have

done to make sure we have

good policies, processes,

and systems to support our

rainbow community. It was

centred around our Pride

Flower, which symbolises unity and represents our

Rainbow Community, and we provided tangible

ways for our people to connect with and celebrate

Pride with a library of assets.

We continue to partner with Global Women on

the Champions for Change reporting initiative.

The Champions for Change 2020 Diversity Report

was published in late March 2021. The aggregate

2018 – 2020 data for the Champions group (those

organisations that participate) shows that female

representation has increased both proportionally

and in absolute numbers across work categories.

For Contact specifically, we achieved the gender

balance target of 40:60 women to men across half

of our work categories, but we need to improve

across the ‘Other Executives’, ‘General Managers’

and ‘Other Managers (tier 3 and 4)’ categories.


We continue to ensure that our systems are f ree

f rom bias and that our processes support inclusion

and diversity, and we know there is more work

to do. It’s a long-term strategy working toward

gender balance across all work categories.

Our work with iwi on our Māori Summer Internship

Programme continues. This programme

strengthens our bonds with iwi, and helps to

develop their people. For the 2020 programme

we had seven interns work with us during their

summer break – three f rom Ngāi Tahu, two f rom

Ngāti Tūwharetoa and two f rom Ngāti Tahu.

We continue to support our people’s participation

in WING. WING is a not-for-profit international

organisation promoting education, professional

development and advancement of women in the

geothermal industry. This year the focus areas

for WING are Equality, Industry Visibility and

Community Engagement. The members involved

f rom our Wairākei team have been supporting

the WING focus areas by launching a pilot for a

WINGwomen task force, participating in a WING

event during New Zealand Geothermal Week in

July, and hosting college-level internships (two in

Rotorua, two in Taupō).

This year our Stratford site participated in the

Gateway programme with Stratford High School and

Hamilton Girls’ High School. Gateway programmes

Male

518

Female

426

Undisclosed 1

Gender FY21

Undisclosed 1%

Age diversity FY21

Ethnicity

1

FY21

Māori

0%

20%

5%

15%

25%

35%

10%

30%

40%

Pasifika

Asian

European

Other

AMELA

2

Undisclosed

30–50

47%

Over 50

33%

Under 30

19%

1 Total % adds up to more than 100%. This is because

individuals can choose to identify multiple ethnicities.

2 Af rican, Middle Eastern & Latin American.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

45

Strategic enablers

are for Year 11 to 13 learners who want to explore

job options while studying towards NCEA. The

students experienced different roles around the

site to see how learning at school can be practically

applied in the workforce, and were supported to

think about their career paths after school. We also

had a group of engineering student interns at our

Stratford site over summer, to help with projects

and gain practical experience towards their study.

Connexis ITO’s Girls with Hi-Vis (GWHV) is a

programme that aims to attract more women into

the trades by giving them the opportunity to see

options in the energy sector first-hand. In June this

year, our Wairākei team hosted the annual GWHV

event for the second time. Twenty-four students

attended the event, which gave them a peek

into the world of geothermal energy generation,

including a site visit to our Te Mihi station.

Students were able to learn about the geothermal

generation process and see the steam turbines

up close, followed by some group experiments

demonstrating the magic of geoscience.

Our culture and commitment to living our Tikanga

and behaviours across Contact are mentioned as a

strength through our people engagement survey

tool, Peakon. The average score for “People f rom all

backgrounds are treated fairly at Contact” is 8.7/10.

New leadership framework:

‘Shaping our Contact Community’

We know that great leadership is a critical

ingredient in the success of how we work, so we

have developed a new leadership f ramework called

Shaping our Contact Community.

This defines what leadership means at Contact

supports our OneContact culture, and is deeply

anchored to our Tikanga, behaviours, purpose


and vision.

We recognise that we are all leaders at Contact

and Shaping our Contact Community defines

how we constructively lead with open and honest

conversations, invest deeply in knowing ourselves

and others, openly and optimistically explore all

ideas, helpfully stand in the role of teacher and

student, and unanimously connect as OneContact.

The f ramework will help all of our people put their

energy where it matters, bringing our strategy to

life through great leadership – no matter where

they are working or what sort of work they do.

‘OneContact’ learning strategy

To be the leader that we aspire to be, we need our

people to be propelled by curiosity and to become

lifelong learners. We embrace learning as part of

our DNA and through our OneContact culture.

Our OneContact Learning Strategy is about lifting

our capability – identifying, mapping and planning

for the critical skills that are needed now and for

the future.

Over the next 12 months we will continue to build

on this new learning experience, providing the

tools and training to enable our people to focus


on their growth, and to help us deeply understand

our skills and capability gaps.

The OneContact Learning Strategy correlates

with what we have heard through our people

engagement survey tool, Peakon – our people


want more access to training and development.

When asked about their personal growth across


a number of factors including professional growth,

career pathways, opportunities to learn new skills

and a supportive manager or mentor, we achieved

a collective score of 7.2/10.

Employee health, safety, environment

and wellbeing

Our people, plant, communities and the environment

are our most important assets, so we have a robust,

world-class Health, Safety and Environmental

Management System (HSEMS) to ensure we have

plans and processes to keep them safe.

Our Peakon engagement survey tool enables us to

understand how our people feel about their health,

safety and wellbeing at work. Is it a priority? Can they

manage the impacts of work on their personal life?

FY18

FY18

FY19

FY19

FY20

FY20

FY21

FY21

3.3

6.6

2.1

5.4

1.3

2.1

18.8

21.5

Note: We have removed Rockgas f rom our data for comparative

purposes.

Monitored TRIFR

Controlled TRIFR

FY21FY20FY19FY18

Tier 10000

Tier 23220

Tier 349245856

Tier 1 – a significant loss of containment of hazardous material

or energy.

Tier 2 – a lesser loss of primary containment or a significant

degradation of barriers.

Tier 3 – learning event where issues have been identified in our

process safety barriers or controls.

Note: This table represents the number of process safety incidents

across our operations. The figures exclude any incidents occurring

in the Ahuroa Gas Storage or Rockgas LPG facilities.

Process safety

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

46

Strategic enablers

Does their mental and physical health allow them

to perform effectively at work? Looking across these

three indicators, we have a cumulative score of 8/10.

From the survey feedback we can see our people

feel well supported in managing their mental

and physical wellbeing, however, we need to put

more attention into health, safety and wellbeing

initiatives and programmes.

Measuring our HSE performance

We track our safety performance with two key

measures, our Total Recordable Injury Frequency

Rate (TRIFR) and Total Incident Severity Rate (TISR).

Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

is a global measure that can be benchmarked

and monitors injury rates. However, it is a lagging

indicator that looks back rather than taking the

potential risk into account. As our TRIFR reduces,

it becomes less relevant to understanding how

our systems and culture are working effectively,

so while we continue to monitor and report TRIFR

we no longer set targets based on this measure.

We also measure Total Incident Severity Rate (TISR),

a leading indicator measure that gives us a much

better idea of exposure to risk by assessing the

potential severity of HSE and process safety incidents.

Our year-to-date TRIFR for controlled activity (work

done under our HSE management system, e.g. at

our sites or by our people) was 2.1. This included five

injuries. There were two minor and three moderate

injuries. Our TRIFR measure is calculated based on

hours worked (2.40m in FY21) and number of injuries.

Our TRIFR for monitored activity (work done by

our service delivery partners under their own HSE

systems) was 21.5, representing five minor injuries


and one moderate injury.

TISR assesses all HSE and process safety events and

considers both actual and potential consequences

so that we get a view of how well our defences are

working for our critical risks. TISR was 2,088 within

controlled activity in FY21.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

47

Strategic enablers

Operational

excellence

Our focus on Operational Excellence

enables us to make our operations

much more efficient. We have a

strong track record of being good

operators, and taking cost out of

the business where it makes sense.

Operational Excellence is underpinned by our culture

which is safe, innovative and brave. That includes

keeping our people safe; keeping our plant safe to

run; and fostering an environment where it’s safe to

challenge, innovate and fail, and to learn and evolve.

We continue to innovate to become more efficient,

including using digitisation and analytics to transform

operations across our trading, generation, and

customer businesses.

Some of the ways we’ve increased Operational

Excellence have included:

• modelling hydrology and competitor behaviour

to start to simulate the market and optimise our

trading position

• securing third-party gas tolling arrangements

to ensure that available gas is used efficiently,

thereby f reeing up gas for industrial customers

1 EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) measure. Information regarding the usefulness,

calculation and reconciliation of these measures is provided within note A2 and A3 of the financial statements.

• using predictive modelling in the build of Tauhara

to help us to understand and plan for the right

maintenance, and improve the operation of


our assets

• piloting a ‘matrix’ type of working in our geothermal

business with outcome-based teams, linked to

TWoW

• working with Western Energy and Solenis on

mechanical and chemical geothermal well clean-

out technologies – improving the reliability of

these methods and reducing costs by as much


as 60 per cent compared with using a rig

• delivering better data for the optimisation of

our steamfields

• conducted robotics experiments to replace

manual and repetitive processes

• building on augmented reality/VR technology

(initially used to respond to COVID-19 restrictions)

for safety risk reductions, competency building

and training

• using analytics to understand our customers’

energy use and personalise what we offer them.

Financial performance

In FY21 we have continued to deliver solid returns

for our shareholders and made significant moves to

ensure the company is well-positioned for the future.

We successfully navigated the potential departure

of major energy users, the short-term issues

around low rainfall in the hydro catchments,


and the ongoing challenges around gas supply

to deliver a very strong financial performance.

Our statutory profit for FY21 was $187m, up f rom

$125m last year, and EBITDAF

1

was up significantly

to $553m in FY21.

The results are underpinned by smart channel

management to mitigate risks regarding access


to fuel, our flexible portfolio of gas-fired and

renewable assets, continued operational excellence,

strong asset availability, and a strong financial position.

We secured gas supply and leveraged our access

to stored gas to ensure we could continue to

generate electricity and help keep the lights


on when renewable generation options were

affected by weather and restricted gas supply.


Our ability to meet the grid’s demands for

generation f rom higher-cost fuel sources in a

constrained environment saw elevated wholesale

prices flow through to our financial performance.

We expect there will be continued reliance on

higher cost fuel sources over the short term, but

these will be displaced over the next two years

as 2 terawatt hours of low-carbon, renewable

generation plants, including our geothermal

development at Tauhara, come on stream.

An interim ordinary dividend of 14 cents per


share was paid in April 2021 and in August 2021

the Board approved a final ordinary dividend

of 21 cents per share (imputed by up to 14 cents

per share for qualifying shareholders) and this

will be paid to investors on 15 September 2021.

This means we are delivering investors a 35 cents

per share annual dividend, down slightly f rom


39 cents per share in FY20. The dividend policy

was updated by the Board in February 2021 and

targets a payout ratio of between 80 per cent


and 100 per cent of the average operating f ree

cash flow of the preceding four financial years.

FY17

Final dividendInterim dividend

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

11

13

16

16

14

26

32

39

39

35

15

19

23

23

21

Dividends (cps) – declared

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

48

Strategic enablers

In March we completed a $400m equity raise for

our capital investment programme as we look

ahead to other exciting renewable generation

developments. This injection of capital provides us

with the flexibility to execute on up to $800 million

of additional projects and we are actively looking

at how we can bring more development forward

in response to the clear market signals for more

renewable electricity.

We are excited about the future for Contact.


We’re a strong company with a clear strategy

and a host of opportunities in f ront of us. We have

a robust balance sheet, a portfolio of high-quality

and flexible assets and a very capable team.

Our regulatory environment

New Zealand’s regulatory environment provides

the f ramework within which our business operates,

and requires high standards of health, safety,

labour and environmental compliance.

We proactively monitor legislative and policy

changes to ensure we meet our obligations and

manage risks and opportunities. We also work hard

to maintain broad relationships across the political

divide, pull our weight with industry and business

organisations, and ensure our voice is heard by

regulators on behalf of our customers and investors.

Our approach is straightforward, open-minded and

evidence-based, in line with our Tikanga. We aim

to build sustained and trusted relationships with

external stakeholders who shape and influence


the environment in which we operate.

Some of the main themes that potentially affect

the business environment we operate in include:

• Climate change. The collective responsibility

of New Zealand to reduce carbon emissions and

meet local and international climate change

commitments, for example, Climate Change

Commission recommendations, and the

opportunities for the electricity sector to


support New Zealand’s decarbonisation.

• Energy hardship. This includes the Government’s

response to the Electricity Price Review and

associated recommendations and energy

efficiency initiatives such as ERANZ’s EnergyMate

programme and Hardship Fund.

• Renewable energy. This includes opportunities

to accelerate renewable generation investment

and remove thermal generation for the


New Zealand generation mix.

• Energy transition. This includes the Emissions

Trading Scheme, increased momentum around

electric vehicles, incentivising investment in

renewable developments and the electrification

of industry away f rom fossil fuels, and longevity


of demand f rom major industrial users.

• Sectors in transition. This includes the future

and longevity of demand f rom major industrial

users, electrification of agriculture and other

industrial processes, and the long process of

reworking transmission pricing.

• Improving environmental outcomes. This includes

new climate change legislation, ongoing reviews

of the Resource Management Act, the National

Policy Statement for Freshwater Management,

the National Policy Statement for Indigenous

Biodiversity and Three Waters Reform.

We are also committed to supporting New Zealand’s

economic recovery f rom the COVID-19 pandemic,

and we are ensuring stakeholders are aware of

our desire to reduce carbon, create jobs and invest

in electrification and renewable generation. This

extends to exploring green hydrogen opportunities,

as well as our Tauhara geothermal project.

The last five years in review

For the year ended 30 JuneUnit2017

1

2018

2

2019

2

20202021

Revenue$m2,0792,2752,5192,0732,573

Expenses$m1,5781,7942,0011,6272,020

EBITDAF$m501481518446553

Profit/(loss)$m151132345125187

Profit per share – basiccps21.018.448.217.525.3

Operating f ree cash flow$m305301341290371

Operating f ree cash flow per sharecps42.642.047.540.450.2

Dividends declaredcps2632393935

Dividends paid$m186201251280274

Total assets$m5,4555,3114,9544,8965,028

Total liabilities$m2,6772,5842,1722,2752,101

Total equity$m2,7782,7272,7822,6212,927

Gearing ratio%3635283123

1 Restated figures reflecting the adoption of NZ IFRS 15 Revenue f rom Contracts with Customers and NZ IFRS 16 Leases.

2 Figures reflect the combined result and position for continuing and discontinued operations.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

49

Strategic enablers

Resource management reforms

A fundamental reform of New Zealand’s resource

management system has been well signalled

by the Government and is proceeding quickly;

key provisions in the proposed Natural and Built

Environments Act (NBEA) were released in late

June 2021. This is set to be the primary replacement

legislation for the Resource Management Act 1991

and is expected to be enacted in 2022.

It is important that sufficient weight be given

to the role of renewable electricity generation in

decarbonising the economy and that effective

consenting pathways for renewable projects

are provided. There are many other issues and

opportunities arising f rom such an enormous reform

of environmental law and natural resource allocation,

including in relation to water and geothermal energy,

and we will continue to engage with government

and policymakers as the reforms progress.

At the same time the Wai 2358 Waitangi Tribunal

Inquiry into the Crown’s current and proposed

future handling of rights to geothermal resources

is recommencing, and Contact is registered as an

interested party to those proceedings. The outcomes

are likely to influence the approach taken to the

allocation of geothermal energy in the proposed

new resource management system and the role of

tangata whenua in its sustainable management.

Another significant new regulation for Contact

is the proposed National Policy Statement for

Indigenous Biodiversity (NPSIB). Many of our current

or potential future renewable energy projects affect

native plants, fish and fauna, and these are carefully

assessed, managed and mitigated by way of consent

conditions and our own environmental initiatives.

It is important that any new NPSIB finds the right

balance between the importance of biodiversity

protection and the need for new and protection


of existing renewable energy developments.

We remain engaged across national and local

resource management regulation changes

with particular emphasis on facilitating new

and existing renewables, ensuring that any new

environmental bottom lines are set reasonably,

and that practical recourse to environmental

restoration, offsetting, and compensation for

unavoidable effects is provided. We are also aware

that our relationships with tangata whenua will

become even more important in light of their

increased role in natural resource management.

2019 ‘Undesirable trading situation’ claim

In December 2020, the Electricity Authority found

that an undesirable trading situation (UTS) had

occurred in the wholesale electricity market in

December 2019 due to the confluence of factors

that resulted in water being spilt by generators in

the South Island. At the time there was more water

than we could use for generation, given the Clutha

River was in significant flood. Our focus in extreme

flood events is always to operate the Clutha system

to ensure the safety of communities downstream,

our people and assets, and to manage our resource

consent obligations. The Electricity Authority is

now consulting on actions to correct the UTS.

In April 2021, the Electricity Authority closed a

separate High Standards of Trading Conduct

investigation that related to the same event with no

further action, having found no breach of the rules.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

50

Governance matters

Governance matters

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

51

Governance matters

Governance matters

Good corporate governance protects the interests of all stakeholders and

enhances short-term and long-term value.

We regularly review our corporate governance

systems and always look for opportunities to improve.

At 30 June, we comply with the recommendations of

the NZX Corporate Governance Code in all material

respects. You can see our full reporting in our

Corporate Governance Statement on our website.

Our Board

The Board’s role and responsibilities

The Board is responsible for Contact’s governance,

direction, management and performance.

Specific responsibilities include:

• Setting and approving Contact’s strategic

direction

• Approving major investments

• Monitoring financial performance

• Appointing the CEO and monitoring CEO and

senior management performance

• Ensuring appropriate systems to manage risk

• Reviewing and approving compliance systems

• Overseeing our commitment to our Tikanga,

sustainable development, the community and

environment, and the health and safety of our

people.

Board composition

The Board consists of seven directors, all of whom

are independent (i.e. none of the factors described

in the NZX Corporate Governance Code that may

impact a director’s independence apply to any

Contact director).

In March 2021, Whaimutu Dewes retired f rom

the Board and was replaced by Rukumoana

Schaafhausen. Rukumoana brings valuable


skills that complement the expertise of the other

directors on the Board. In March 2021, Dame Therese

Walsh announced her resignation f rom the Board

this year. Contact’s succession planning process

culminated in the appointment of Sandra Dodds


to replace Dame Therese as Chair of the Audit and

Risk Committee.

Following an independent review by Korn Ferry

in 2021, the Board ref reshed Contact’s director

skills matrix, which sets out the skills necessary

for Contact’s success and assesses each director

against this. It’s not expected that every director

will be an expert in every area, but all skills should

be represented in the Board as a whole.

The matrix shows a good spread of expertise


and secondary skills among current directors.

In addition to the skills in the matrix, all seven

Contact directors have strong governance expertise.

Board performance

We regularly review the performance of the Board

to ensure the Board as a whole and individual

directors are performing to a high standard.


An independent review was carried out by Propero

late in 2019. The results were reported in confidence

to the Board in early 2020. The next independent

review is scheduled to be carried out in early 2022.

We recognise the value of professional

development and the need for directors to remain

current in industry and corporate governance

matters. Contact assists directors with their

professional development in a number of ways,

including an induction programme for new

directors, briefings to upskill the Board on new

developments, deep-dive workshops on key issues

and Board study tours.

A fund is available for director development

opportunities, and the Chair may approve

allocations f rom the fund for opportunities that

benefit both Contact and an individual director.

“Developing and approving the

new Contact26 strategy, which

underpins our plan of action

for the company’s success over

the next five years. At the same

time the TWoW programme

has ensured a massive change

to embrace a more flexible

workplace while improving

productivity and the bottom line.”

Robert McDonald, Chair

“Contact’s strong governance systems and the robust process to

ensure discussion and deep dives on key risks.”

Dame Therese Walsh, Director

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

52

Governance matters

Strategic FocusDirector ExpertiseGovernance Capabilities

Brand value and

customer experience

Brand identity and value. Deep customer insight and advocacy including in energy poverty. Understands

generational shift and the impact on customer drivers. Retail growth and transformation expertise including

customer-centric experience design, data analytics, digital marketing, sales, and agile retail. Skills to support and

challenge progress towards improving the customer experience and reducing cost to serve.

Energy sector including generation,

renewables, and wholesale energy

markets

Leadership experience across the energy sector including in a generation portfolio of geothermal, hydro and

thermal, energy markets, supply/demand and commercial and industrial customers. Core understanding of

key drivers in value creation and prediction of market needs, moving towards a sustainable renewable energy

business model. Operational risk management including health and safety.

Asset infrastructure Experience successfully leading energy sector or adjacent companies (e.g. physical inf rastructure, new

technologies, engineering and construction), large scale projects, investment and management. Skills to

support and challenge in project investment, build and industrial maintenance.

Portfolio efficiencyExpertise in cost base reduction and increasing flexibility of an asset portfolio with sustainability at the foref ront.

Proven track record in cost out, improving reliability and resource utilisation while maintaining safety. Ideally

experience in process improvement in resource environments.

Capital markets, investment

community and ESG

Significant investment community experience. This spans finance, communications and securities law to enable

the most effective two-way understanding of, and communication between, the company and the financial

community, contributing to fair valuation and ability to gain buy-in for future strategic shifts. Experienced in

sustainable investing and with the ESG data toolkit for identifying risks, informing solutions and impacting

valuations, brand value and reputation.

Government and regulation Ability to engage effectively and collaboratively with key government stakeholders. Brings an understanding of

legal, policy, and regulatory environments that Contact operates in. Insight into non-financial risks around climate

change, natural resources scarcity, pollution/waste and ecological opportunities.

Iwi connection and relationshipsIwi connection and relationships to develop shared understanding of kaitiakitanga and collaborative investment

into resources.

Executive experienceFormer CEO or C-suite executive with excellent track record of growing value, leading with purpose, strategy

development and execution, including investing in people, leadership of culture, and effective delegation.

Experience in international markets.

Financial expertiseFinance and accounting experience of large companies including transformation and cost optimisation.

Expertise in M&A, project financing and/or wholesale commodity markets. The skills to chair the Audit and

Risk Committee.

IT, digital and new technologies Contemporary digital ecosystem platforms and systems to support lean operations, automation, security

management and customer innovation. Skills to support and challenge in capital investment plans, technology-

enabled operational efficiencies and service improvements. Strong exposure to trends in new energy

technologies, cleantech and new products that support decarbonisation including the developments in

transmission and changing nature of the ‘energy corridor’.

Secondary

Primary

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

53

Governance matters

Board committees

The Board has four standing committees to

perform work and provide specialist advice in

certain areas. Our Board works to the principle that

committees should enhance effectiveness in key

areas, while still retaining Board responsibility.

This financial year, we carried out a review of

Contact’s governance systems, to ensure the

Contact Board receives the right information in


a timely manner to help enable good decisions

to be made (the Governance Review). Part of

the Governance Review involved looking at the role

of the Board and Board committees, ensuring that

the right committee receives the right information

at the right time and that the flow of information

and decisions through the committees to the

Board contributes to effective decision-making.

This resulted in some changes to the way we


do things, effective f rom 1 July 2021.

The Audit and Risk Committee (ARC) helps the

Board fulfil its responsibilities relating to Contact’s

external financial reporting, internal control

environment, business assurance and external

audit functions, and risk management.

The Safety and Sustainability (HSE) Committee

supports the Board in relation to HSE objectives

and monitoring HSE performance. For FY22, the

mandate of this committee has been widened to

include oversight of ESG matters and it has been

renamed the Safety and Sustainability Committee.

This reflects the importance Contact places on ESG

performance. The committee also has oversight of

climate related risks and opportunities.

The People Committee advises and supports the

Board in fulfilling its responsibilities across all aspects

of Contact’s people and capability strategies, risks,

policies and practices. In FY21, this Committee

also had responsibility for Board composition,

performance and remuneration, but those


functions will move to the full Board f rom FY22.

In FY20, the Board established the Tauhara Board

Committee, reflecting the strategic importance of

the Tauhara power station project. In October 2020,

this Committee’s mandate was widened to include

all major growth projects and opportunities.

The current members of the committees are:

CommitteeMembers

Audit and RiskDame Therese Walsh (Chair)

Victoria Crone

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

Safety and SustainabilityElena Trout (Chair)

David Smol

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

PeopleJon Macdonald (Chair)

Robert McDonald

Dame Therese Walsh

DevelopmentDavid Smol (Chair)

Elena Trout

Jon Macdonald

Code of Conduct and policies

We expect all of our people to act honestly,

with integrity, in Contact’s best interests and

in accordance with the law, all the time. This

expectation, along with our Tikanga, is enshrined

in our Code of Conduct, which underpins our

corporate policy f ramework. We set new corporate

policies to address key risks and set expected

standards of behaviour for our people. Information

about how our key policies operate is in our

Corporate Governance Statement and the policies

themselves are on our website.

In FY21, we ref reshed our Protected Disclosure

(Whistleblowing) Policy, which offers protections

for employees who disclose serious wrongdoing

in accordance with the process in the policy, and

we replaced our old whistleblower hotline with a

new online portal to help ensure we’re aware of

any breaches of the Code of Conduct, our policies

or any other illegal or unethical activity. This portal

is easily accessible and user f riendly – anyone at

Contact who is concerned about any incident or

behaviour can use the whistleblower portal to

report that matter, anonymously if they choose.

Any whistleblower disclosures are reported to the

General Counsel and CEO and where appropriate,

the Chair.

In March this year, we published our first Modern

Slavery Statement, which sets out the steps we

have taken to identify, manage and mitigate the

specific risks of modern slavery in our operations

and supply chain. We have also implemented

a Supplier Code of Conduct, which outlines the

behaviours we expect f rom suppliers, particularly

regarding ethical, social and environmental

business practices.

“The increasing recognition

of the role that ESG plays in

Contact’s success and the focus

on strong governance for ESG

matters. As Chair of the Safety

and Sustainability Committee,

one thing that stood out in

particular was the HSE Culture

review with its focus on the

wellbeing of our people.”

Elena Trout, Director

“The success of retail adjacency with Contact’s broadband

product and recently hitting the milestone of 50,000 broadband

connections.”

Victoria Crone, Director

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

54

Governance matters

Risk management and assurance

Risk management

Our risk management f ramework enables the

Board to set an appropriate risk strategy and

ensure that risk is managed throughout the

organisation. The f ramework ensures we have

appropriate systems in place to identify material

risks and that, where applicable, the Board

sets appropriate tolerance limits. We assign

responsibility to individuals to manage identified

risks and we monitor any material change to

Contact’s risk profile.

Assurance

Our business assurance team fulfils our internal

audit function and provides objective assurance of

the effectiveness of our internal control f ramework.

The team is based in-house, and draws on external

expertise where required.

The team brings a disciplined approach to

evaluating and improving the effectiveness of risk

management, internal controls and governance

processes. We use a risk-based assurance approach

driven by our risk management f ramework.

The team also assists external audits by making

findings f rom the internal assurance process

available for the external auditor to consider

when providing their opinion on the financial

statements. The team has unrestricted access to

all other departments, records and systems of

Contact, and to the external auditor and other third

parties as it deems necessary.

Auditors

We recognise that the role of our external auditor

is critical for the integrity of our financial reporting.

Our external auditor is KPMG. The Audit and Risk

Committee ensures that the audit partner is

changed at least every five years.

Our External Audit Independence Policy sets out

the f ramework we use to ensure the independence

of our external auditors is maintained and their

ability to carry out their statutory audit role is not

impaired. Under this policy, the external auditor

may not do any work for Contact that compromises,

or is seen to compromise, the independence and

objectivity of the external audit process. In addition,

KPMG confirms their continuing independent

status to the Board every six months.

The Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee approved

KPMG to perform additional engagements this year,

including assuring our green borrowing programme,

greenhouse gas emissions and Global Reporting

Index (GRI) indicators.

Representatives f rom KPMG attend Contact’s

annual shareholder meeting, where they’re

available to answer shareholders’ questions

relating to the audit.

Risk Capacity

& Tolerance

Strategic

Direction

Board

Approving

strategic direction,

monitoring of

performance

Governance

structures, policies

and objectives,

identification of

significant risk

Monitor the environment, respond to

stakeholder material issues, anticipate

long-term threats and opportunity

“Approving the Tauhara geothermal power station project –

an investment decision that was a long time in the planning

and is New Zealand’s best low-carbon renewable electricity

opportunity.”

David Smol, Director

“Completing the acquisition of

Simply Energy, as an important

step towards our progress in

helping customers be smarter

with their electricity consumption,

and watching them succeed

– for example, the expansion

of demand flexibility and the

partnership with US-based

smart plug company Sapient.”

Jon Macdonald, Director

“Hosting the Prime Minister at the opening of the Tauhara

project site and seeing the impact the project will have

for the Taupō area and New Zealand’s decarbonisation efforts.”

Rukumoana Schaafhausen, Director

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

55

Governance matters

Remuneration report

Dear fellow shareholders

I am pleased to present Contact’s

remuneration report for FY21 on behalf

of the Board’s People Committee.

FY21 Financial results and remuneration

Contact has delivered a solid financial result for

shareholders this year with profit of $187 million,

EBITDAF of $553 million, and operating f ree cash

flow of $371 million. Operating costs and capital

expenditure have been managed prudently, while

contending with ongoing gas shortages and low

hydro lake levels.

Our discretionary short-term incentive pool

reflects Contact’s performance in FY21 and any

payments under these arrangements will be

made in September 2021. Given the company’s

performance over the past year, we consider

executive remuneration is appropriate.

A detailed overview of current employee

remuneration is set out in Employee remuneration.

Review of remuneration framework

As signalled last year, we reviewed our

remuneration f ramework to ensure remuneration

remains transparent, fair and enables Contact to

attract, reward and retain high-performing people.

We are committed to paying appropriate market

rates for all roles, and making sure people are

rewarded for their performance and experience.

Following this review, we made changes to our

short-term incentive scheme and our equity

scheme that will apply f rom FY22:

• we are buying out the short-term incentive (STI)

for people below senior management level and

therefore increasing their fixed remuneration

• we are applying a consistent weighting of the

corporate and individual performance outcomes

for senior employees who remain in the STI scheme

• senior managers invited to participate in the

equity scheme through Performance Share Rights

(PSRs) will now receive their full eligibility of PSRs

• we have reduced the test dates of PSRs to one test

at the third anniversary, and introduced a second

hurdle linked to decarbonisation and achieving

our Contact26 strategy

• the leadership team's cash STI has been reduced,

and their participation in Contact's Deferred

Share Rights (DSRs) scheme has been increased

by an equal amount.

The changes aim to provide more clarity and

certainty for our people, as well as increasing

alignment with company performance.

Inclusion and diversity

Activity aligned with Contact’s inclusion and

diversity strategy underpins the company’s work

environment, inclusion is embedded, and people

are encouraged to be themselves. In our people

engagement survey, the average score for “People

f rom all backgrounds are treated fairly at Contact”

is a very strong 8.7/10 which is good to see.

A wide range of initiatives drive greater inclusion and

support for the rainbow community, Māori, women


and young people. This includes Rainbow Tick

re-certification for the fourth consecutive year,

our Māori Summer Internship programme, and

support for the WING organisation to lift the

presence of women in the geothermal industry.

Contact also supports the Champions for Change

initiative and participated in its third Diversity and

Inclusion Impact report (published in March 2021).

The data f rom participating organisations shows

female representation increased both proportionally

and in absolute numbers between 2018 and 2020.

In FY21 Contact achieved gender balance (40:60

women to men) across half of our work categories,

but there are several categories where we need to

improve. We’ve reported on gender composition

across these categories in our sustainability

disclosures.

Pay equity analysis examines whether females

and males within the same role grade are paid

equitably. At Contact


the FY21 pay equity

is 97.6 per cent – this is

above our stated target


of 97 per cent (and FY20’s

96 per cent result) but we

remain committed to further reducing this gap.

An additional remuneration disclosure has been

included for the first time this year, including the

ratio between the total annual compensation of

the CEO and the median employee compensation

– a ratio of 20:1.

TWoW

Contact has embraced the choice for its people to

work f rom anywhere as long as their role allows, and

the work can be done safely and securely. Embracing

flexible work practices helps build engagement,

attract more diverse talent, and will help Contact

succeed over the longer term. This is echoed by

strong results around working flexibly and working

remotely in recent people engagement surveys.

More flexibility around location, and a greater use of

technology rather than travel has also contributed to

our ambition for less emissions. An additional benefit

of TWoW has been a recurring cost reduction of over

$1.8m per year, as a result of a range of initiatives but

primarily through a reduction in our property, travel

and technology costs. On a related note, the Contact

team has proven resilient and flexible in ensuring

minimal business disruption during further regional

COVID-19 alert level changes in FY21.

Contact is continuously looking to improve as

part of its overall commitment to being a good

employer. There is always more to do.







Jon Macdonald

Chair, People Committee

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

56

Governance matters

Directors’ remuneration

The total directors’ fee pool is $1,500,000 per

year. It has not increased since it was approved

by shareholders in 2008. Actual fees paid to

directors are determined by the Board on the

recommendation of the People Committee.


There were no increases in the level of director

fees between FY20 and FY21. On 19 April 2020,

the Board approved a 20 per cent reduction

in all directors’ fees for the period 1 April to

30 September 2020 in light of the developing

situation around COVID-19.

Directors’ fees exclude GST, where appropriate.


In addition, Board members are reimbursed for

costs directly associated with carrying out their

duties, such as travel costs.

FY21

Chair

per annum

Member

per annum

Board of Directors$285,000*$138,000

Audit and Risk

Committee

$46,000$23,000

Safety and Sustainability

Committee

$26,000$13,000

People Committee$26,000$13,000

Development Committee$20,000$10,000

* No additional fees are paid to the Board Chair for committee roles.

Directors*Board fees

Audit

and Risk

Committee

Safety and

Sustainability

Committee

People

Committee

Development

Committee

Total

remuneration

Robert McDonald$270,750$270,750

Victoria Crone $131,100$21,850$152,950

Whaimutu Dewes$96,600$16,100$9,100$121,800

Jon Macdonald$131,100$24,700$9,500$165,300

Rukumoana

Scaafhausen

$46,000$5,750$3,250$55,000

David Smol$131,100$12,350$17,000$160,450

Elena Trout$131,100$24,700$11,500$167,300

Dame Therese Walsh$131,100$43,700$12,350$187,150

Total$1,068,850$87,400$49,400$37,050$38,000$1,280,700

* Notes:

Amounts paid during the period 1 April to 30 June 2020 reflect a 20 per cent reduction, as described above.

Rukumoana Scaafhausen joined the Board on 1 March 2021.

Whaimutu Dewes resigned f rom the Board on 31 March 2021.

The mandate of the Tauhara Committee widened and it was renamed the Development Committee on 1 October 2020.

The mandate of the Health Safety and Environment Committee was widened and it was renamed the Safety and Sustainability

Committee on 1 July 2021.

David Smol replaced Elena Trout as Chair of the Development Committee on 1 October 2020.

In June 2021, the Board agreed certain changes to its committees to ensure it has the optimum governance structures in place for the

changing environment. We describe these changes in Board committees.

Whaimutu Dewes was paid $6,250 for consultancy services f rom 1 April 2021 (i.e. after his resignation f rom the Contact Board).

Details of remuneration paid to non-executive

directors of Contact subsidiaries for FY21 are as

follows:

Subsidiary

Non-executive

director

Total

remuneration

Simply Energy

Limited

Chris Seel$20,000

Western Energy

Services Limited

Dane Coppell$6,000

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

57

Governance matters

Chief Executive Officer and Executive

Team remuneration

The CEO and Executive Team remuneration

is reviewed by our Board each year. The Board

works closely with and is advised by Contact’s

People Committee.

The remuneration reflects the complexity of the

roles and the wide-ranging skills needed to do

them well. We also consider market remuneration

data benchmarks, look at the achievement of

performance goals and factor in creating long-term


sustainable shareholder value.

The total remuneration is made up of a fixed

remuneration component, which includes cash

salary and other employment benefits, and pay-

for-performance remuneration containing short-

term incentives (cash and equity awarded through

deferred share rights) and long-term incentives

(equity awarded through performance share rights).

The following table details the nature and amount

of remuneration paid to Mike Fuge for his time as

CEO during the year.

CEO remuneration for the period ended 30 June 2021

PositionFixed remunerationPay-for-performance remuneration

Total

remuneration

$

Salary

paid $

Benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Cash

STI $

Equity

STI $

Equity

LTI $

Subtotal

$

FY211,150,00038,340

1

1,188,340431,250

2

258,750

3

402,500

4

1,092,500 2,280,840


Pay-for-performance remuneration breakdown for the year ended 30 June 2021

All discretionary payments were calculated and paid based on period employed in FY21.

SchemeDescriptionPerformance measures

Percentage of

maximum potential

Cash STI

5

Cash STI is a discretionary scheme

based on achievement of KPIs.

Maximum potential set at 50% of

base salary.

70% based on corporate shared KPIs:

• 50% financial results (Operating

Free Cash Flow, EBITDAF, OPEX)

• 40% transformation targets

• 10% safety targets

30% based on individual KPIs

including corporate reputation,

demand growth, transformation,

strategy development and

executive capability.

75%

(Paid September 2021)

Equity STI

(awarded

as deferred

share rights)

Equity STI allows the participant

to acquire shares at a $0 exercise

price subject to the time-bound

exercise hurdle being achieved.

Maximum potential set at 30% of

base salary for CEO.

The participant’s performance

rating influences the Equity STI

awarded by the Board.

The exercise hurdle to receive these

is to remain employed by Contact

2 years f rom the grant date.

75%

$258,750 based on fair value

allocation

(To be granted 1 October

2021 and tested October

2023)

Equity LTI

(awarded as

performance

share rights)

Equity LTI allows the participant

to acquire shares at a $0 exercise

price subject to the exercise

hurdle being achieved.

Set at 35% of base salary for CEO.

The exercise hurdles to receive

these are:

• 50% Contact’s relative total

shareholder return (TSR) ranking

within an energy industry peer

group of other New Zealand

NZX50 listed utilities companies.

• 50% internal hurdle related

to our strategic priority of

decarbonisation.

Tested once, at year 3.

100%

$402,500 based on fair value

allocation

(To be granted 1 October

2021 and tested October

2024)

1 Benefits include 3% KiwiSaver contribution calculated on remuneration amounts including cash STI, and health insurance.

2 STI for FY21 period, paid in FY22.

3 Equity, based on fair value allocation, performance hurdles tested 2023.

4 Equity, based on fair value allocation, performance hurdles tested 2024.

5 The Cash STI performance weightings changed in FY21 to 70% corporate and 30% individuals KPIs f rom the previous 60% corporate and

40% individual KPIs.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

58

Governance matters

$0$500,000$1,000,000$1,500,000$2,000,000$2,500,000$3,000,000

Base salary & benefitsCash STIEquity STIEquity LTI

Maximum potential remuneration

On-plan remuneration

Fixed remuneration

CEO remuneration

The scenario chart below demonstrates the elements of Mike Fuge’s CEO remuneration design.

Five-year CEO remuneration summary

Financial

year

Total

remuneration

paid

1


Percentage

Cash STI

awarded against

maximum

Percentage

vested Equity

STI against

maximum

Span of Equity

STI performance

period

Percentage vested

Equity LTI against

maximum

Span of Equity

LTI performance

period

Mike Fuge

FY21$2,280,84075%0%n/a0%n/a

FY20

2

$669,64140%0%n/a0%n/a

Dennis Barnes

FY20

3

$995,56632%100%2017–2019

2018–2019

2015 Options/PSR 89.54%

2016 Options/PSR 50%

2015–2020

2016–2020

FY19$1,787,81678%100%2016–20182013 Options 100%

4


2014 Options 100%

2013–2018

2014–2019

FY18$3,031,608 55%100%2015–20170%n/a

FY17$2,081,641 50%0%n/a0%n/a

-10%

30 June 201730 June 201830 June 201930 June 202030 June 2021

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

Five-year summary TSR

1

performance graph

Company

NZX50

Peer group

2

31.92%

29.59%

28.89%

1 TSR calculated using the volume-weighted average price for the

3 months prior to year end.

2 Peer group is a simple average of Meridian, Genesis, Mercury,

Vector and Trustpower, with Trustpower only in the group f rom

FY18.

1 Total remuneration paid includes

salary, benefits, Cash STI, and value


of STI and LTI Equity (paid in shares).

2 24 February 2020 – 30 June 2020

3 1 July 2019 – 28 February 2020

4 100% of STI and LTI Equity vested as a

result of Origin selling its shareholding

in Contact triggering vesting of equity

due to the change of control.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

59

Governance matters

Contact employee remuneration

We’re committed to paying appropriate market

rates for all our roles, and ensuring our people are

rewarded for their performance and experience.

There are three parts to employee remuneration

– fixed remuneration, pay-for-performance

remuneration, and other benefits. These combine

to attract, reward and retain high-performing

employees.

Fixed remuneration

Fixed remuneration is based on the role

responsibilities, individual performance and

experience, and current market remuneration


data. Contact targets fixed remuneration at the

median of the market range.

Pay-for-performance remuneration

Pay-for-performance remuneration recognises

and rewards high-performing employees and

comprises short-term incentives (cash and

deferred share rights) and long-term incentives

(performance share rights).

Short-term incentives (STI)

STIs are designed to recognise and reward high

performance with cash incentives and deferred

share rights through Contact’s equity scheme for

some higher-level roles and key talent. STIs have a

maximum potential level set reflecting the person’s

position grade, and are based on performance

measured against key performance indicators

(KPIs), which generally consist of company and

individual objectives. The Board reserves the right


to adjust STI awards if company targets are not met.

Long-term incentives (LTI)

Contact provides awards of performance share

rights through Contact’s equity scheme to our

senior people and key talent. This aims to encourage

and reward longer-term decision-making and align

participants’ interests with Contact’s shareholders.

These are subject to performance hurdles.

Equity scheme

At 30 June 2021 there were 94 participants in Contact’s

equity scheme. For further details on the equity

scheme and the number of performance share rights

and deferred share rights granted, exercised, lapsed

and on issue at the end of the reporting period,


see note E10 of the financial statements.

Other benefits

We know that rewards mean more than just

money, so we offer our people a range of other

benefits too. Some of these have eligibility criteria

and include: discounts for home energy and

broadband; employer-subsidised health insurance;

an employee share ownership plan called ‘Contact

Share’ (see note E10 in financial statements for

more detail); and additional benefits and offers

f rom retailers and service providers.

Additional Contact remuneration

disclosures

• Pay equity is monitored and reported on,

comparing pay by gender in roles at the same

grade levels (i.e. roles requiring a similar level


of skills, knowledge, and accountabilities).

At 30 June 2021 our pay equity was at 97.6 per

cent for women to men. We make adjustments to

individual salaries where appropriate to address

pay equity while applying our grade structure.

• CEO-to-employee pay ratio, 20:1. The ratio

between the total annual compensation of the

CEO and the median employee compensation.

• Contact does not implement any clawback

practices on employee remuneration other

than in situations permitted by New Zealand

legislation (e.g. for correction of overpayments).

• Contact has remediated underpayments to our

current and ex-employees following a review of

how we applied the regulations in the Holidays

Act 2003.

• Contact does not have a share ownership

requirement for the CEO or Executive Team.

• The notice period for Mike Fuge in his role as

CEO is six months.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

60

Governance matters

Group

1

employees who earn over $100k

The table shows the number of our people

(including any who have left) who received

remuneration and other benefits during FY21 of


at least $100,000 for the year ended 30 June 2021.

The value of remuneration benefits analysed includes:

• fixed remuneration including allowance/overtime

payments

• employer superannuation contributions

• short-term cash incentives relating to FY20

performance but paid in FY21 (Contact and

Simply Energy)

• the value of equity-based incentives at fair value

allocation received during FY21 (Contact)

• the value of Contact Share received during FY21

(Contact)

• redundancy and other payments made on

termination of employment.

The figures do not include; amounts paid after


30 June 2021 that relate to the year ended

30 June 2021, the remuneration (and any other

benefits) of the Contact CEO, Mike Fuge, as they

are disclosed in CEO remuneration.

1 Excludes Drylandcarbon.

Table of employees who earn over $100k

Remuneration bandNumber of employees

$100,001–$110,00047

$110,001–$120,00042

$120,001–$130,00061

$130,001–$140,00053

$140,001–$150,00053

$150,001–$160,00039

$160,001–$170,00033

$170,001–$180,00014

$180,001–$190,00017

$190,001–$200,00013

$200,001–$210,00019

$210,001–$220,00014

$220,001–$230,0006

$230,001–$240,0004

$240,001–$250,0003

$250,001–$260,0006

$260,001–$270,0003

$270,001–$280,0006

$280,001–$290,0003

$290,001–$300,0002

$300,001–$310,0001

$320,001–$330,0003

$330,001–$340,0004

$370,001–$380,0002

$380,001–$390,0001

$390,001–$400,0001

$400,001–$410,0001

$430,001–$440,0001

$480,001–$490,0002

$490,001–$500,0001

$530,001–$540,0001

$550,001–$560,0001

$640,001–$650,0001

$720,001–$730,0001

$960,001–$970,0001

$1,120,001–$1,130,0001

461

2

2 Includes 29 former employees across the group

(excluding Drylandcarbon).

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

61

Additional disclosures

Additional

disclosures

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

62

Additional disclosures

Statutory disclosures

Disclosures of interests by directors

The table below lists the general disclosures of interest by directors of Contact

Energy Limited in accordance with section 140 of the Companies Act 1993.

Robert McDonald

Fletcher Building LimitedDirector

AIA LimitedDirector

Chartered Accountants Australia & New ZealandDirector

University of Auckland Business School Advisory BoardChair

University of Auckland CouncilMember

McDonald Family TrustTrustee

Victoria Crone

Statistics New Zealand Chair

Callaghan Innovation Chief Executive

Officer

Figure.NZCo-Chair

Jon Macdonald

Sharesies Limited and various subsidiariesDirector

Titan Parent New Zealand Limited (Parent company of Trade Me Ltd) Director

Mitre 10 (New Zealand) Ltd and various subsidiariesDirector

NZ Technology Training TrustTrustee

My Food Bag Group LimitedDirector

The Champ TrustTrustee/Beneficiary

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

AgResearch LimitedDirector

KGS LimitedDirector

Te Waharoa Investments LimitedDirector

Miro (Hautupua) LimitedDirector

Water Governance Board, Waikato District CouncilDirector

Tindall FoundationTrustee

Princes Trust NZTrustee

Equippers Church TrustTrustee

David Smol

New Zealand Growth Capital Partners LimitedChair

Department of Internal Affairs’ External Advisory CommitteeChair

Ministry of Social Development’s Risk and Audit CommitteeChair

Capital & Coast District Health BoardChair

Hutt Valley District Health BoardChair

New Zealand Transport AgencyBoard Member

The Co-operative Bank LimitedDirector

Victoria Link LimitedChair

Rimu Road Consulting LimitedDirector

Elena Trout

Callaghan InnovationDirector

Ngapuhi Asset Holding Company Limited and various subsidiariesDirector

Joint NZ Defence Force and Ministry of Defence Capability

Governance Board

External Member

Energy Efficiency and Conservation Authority (EECA)Chair

Low Emission Vehicles Contestable Fund (a fund f rom EECA

budget)*

Chair

Harrison Grierson Holdings Limited and various subsidiariesDirector

Motiti Investments LimitedDirector

Ara Ake LimitedDirector

Interim Establishment Board for the Construction and

Inf rastructure Workforce Development Council

Chair

* Fund expired mid-2021.

Dame Therese Walsh

Air New ZealandChair

ASB BankDirector*

Antarctica NZDirector

On Being Bold Director

Wellington Homeless Women’s TrustAmbassador

Climate Change Commission Nominations PanelMember

Therese Walsh Consulting LimitedDirector

*Will become Chair effective 1 September 2021.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

63

Additional disclosures

Information used by directors

No director issued a notice requesting to use information received in his

or her capacity as a director that would not otherwise be available to the

director.

Indemnity and insurance

In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the

constitution of the company, Contact has continued to indemnify and insure

its directors and officers, including directors of subsidiaries, against potential

liability or costs incurred in any proceeding, except to the extent prohibited

by law.

Directors’ security participation

Directors are required to hold a minimum of 20,000 shares within three years

of appointment.

Securities of the company in which each director has a relevant interest

at 30 June 2021

DirectorOrdinary sharesBonds

Robert McDonald34,60235,000

Victoria Crone21,533

Jon Macdonald23,068

David Smol20,550

Elena Trout21,186

Dame Therese Walsh17,225

Securities dealings of directors

During the year, the directors disclosed in respect of section 148(2) of the

Companies Act 1993 that they acquired or disposed of a relevant interest in

securities as follows:


Director

Date of

acquisition

Nature of

transaction

Consideration

per share

Number

of shares

acquired

Robert

McDonald

12/03/21Acquisition under

retail equity offer

$6.744,602

Victoria Crone12/03/21Acquisition under

retail equity offer

$6.741,483

Whaimutu

Dewes

12/03/21Acquisition under

retail equity offer

$6.743,070

Jon Macdonald12/03/21Acquisition under

retail equity offer

$6.743,068

David Smol12/03/21Acquisition under

retail equity offer

$6.742,316

29/03/21On-market purchase$6.853,134

Elena Trout12/03/21Acquisition under

retail equity offer

$6.741,186

Dame Therese

Walsh

12/03/21Acquisition under

retail equity offer

$6.742,225

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

64

Additional disclosures

Shareholder statistics

Twenty largest shareholders at 30 June 2021

Number of

ordinary shares

% of ordinary

shares

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited60,890,7127.85

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited53,969,7906.95

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Limited51,298,9796.61

National Nominees New Zealand Limited49,101,0526.33

JP Morgan Chase Bank40,784,0925.25

Accident Compensation Corporation30,073,7333.87

Tea Custodians Limited27,606,0673.56

FNZ Custodians Limited27,273,2983.51

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited23,511,9443.03

New Zealand Superannuation Fund Nominees

Limited

19,942,0722.57

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited 18,000,8562.32

JB Were (NZ) Nominees Limited17,431,7622.25

Cogent Nominees Limited15,694,5412.02

Custodial Services Limited15,047,4381.94

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited13,240,0491.71

New Zealand Depository Nominee10,896,5401.40

Custodial Services Limited10,514,0721.35

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited9,987,0141.29

Premier Nominees Limited9,372,3061.21

Private Nominees Limited7,942,6241.02

Total for top 20 512,578,94166.04

Distribution of ordinary shares and shareholders at 30 June 2021

Size of holding

Number of

shareholders

% of

shareholders

Number of

ordinary

shares

% of

ordinary

shares

1–1,000 28,16644.6318,095,0942.33

1,001–5,00028,63345.3753,154,5266.85

5,001–10,0003,5595.6425,127,7423.24

10,001–50,0002,4283.8546,704,0156.02

50,001–100,0002030.3214,084,9311.81

100,001 and over1270.20618,955,76279.75

Total63,116100.00776,122,070100.00


Substantial product holders

According to notices given under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013,

the following persons were substantial product holders of the company as


at 30 June 2021:

Substantial product

holder

Number of ordinary shares in

which relevant interest is held

Date of notice

The Vanguard Group, Inc.38,806,27518 June 2021

BlackRock Inc. and related

bodies corporate

38,912,2754 May 2021

The total number of voting securities of Contact at 30 June 2021 was

776,122,070 fully paid ordinary shares.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

65

Additional disclosures

Bondholder statistics

Twenty largest CEN030 bondholders at 30 June 2021

Number of

CEN030 bonds

% of CEN030

bonds

FNZ Custodians Limited16,440,00010.96

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited15,249,00010.17

Hobson Wealth Custodian Limited14,439,0009.63

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Limited10,622,0007.08

Commonwealth Bank of Australia7,859,0005.24

NZ Permanent Trustees Limited 7,439,0004.96

Custodial Services Limited4,565,0003.04

Tea Custodians Limited4,097,0002.73

Cogent Nominees Limited4,096,0002.73

Custodial Services Limited3,779,5002.52

National Nominees New Zealand Limited3,624,0002.42

Southern Cross Medical Care Society3,400,0002.27

Custodial Services Limited3,159,5002.11

ANZ National Bank Limited3,034,0002.02

Custodial Services Limited2,748,0001.83

Private Nominees Limited2,638,0001.76

Pin Twenty Limited2,500,0001.67

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited2,350,0001.57

Investment Custodial Services Limited2,109,0001.41

University Of Otago Foundation Trust1,985,0001.32

Total for top 20 116,133,00077.44

Distribution of CEN030 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2021

Size of holding

Number of

bondholders

% of

bondholders

Number of

bonds% of bonds

1,001–5,000539.76265,0000.18

5,001–10,00012022.101,128,5000.75

10,001–50,00029253.787,886,5005.26

50,001–100,000285.162,341,0001.56

100,001 and over509.21138,379,00092.25

Total543100.00150,000,000100.00

Twenty largest CEN040 bondholders at 30 June 2021

Number of

CEN040 bonds

% of CEN040

bonds

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Limited20,738,00020.74

FNZ Custodians Limited12,007,00012.01

Cogent Nominees Limited7,585,0007.59

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited7,038,0007.04

Custodial Services Limited4,073,0004.07

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited3,909,0003.91

Westpac Banking Corporation3,250,0003.25

Private Nominees Limited3,159,0003.16

Southern Cross Medical Care Society3,000,0003.00

Custodial Services Limited2,681,0002.68

Custodial Services Limited2,612,0002.61

Custodial Services Limited2,394,0002.39

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited2,330,0002.33

Investment Custodial Services Limited2,313,0002.31

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited1,444,0001.44

Hobson Wealth Custodian Limited1,375,0001.38

FNZ Custodians Limited1,129,0001.13

Custodial Services Limited1,075,0001.08

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited936,0000.94

JB Were (NZ) Nominees Limited850,0000.85

Total for top 20 83,898,00083.91

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

66

Additional disclosures

Distribution of CEN040 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2021

Size of holding

Number of

bondholders

% of

bondholders

Number of

bonds% of bonds

1,001–5,0003410.73170,0000.17

5,001–10,0007022.08675,0000.68

10,001–50,00016150.794,285,0004.29

50,001–100,000175.361,286,0001.29

100,001 and over3511.0493,584,00093.58

Total 317100.00100,000,000100.00

Twenty largest CEN050 bondholders at 30 June 2021

Number of

CEN050 bonds

% of CEN050

bonds

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited11,800,00011.80

FNZ Custodians Limited9,895,0009.90

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Limited9,330,0009.33

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited7,550,0007.55

Custodial Services Limited6,324,0006.32

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited4,730,0004.73

Cogent Nominees Limited4,576,0004.58

Tea Custodians Limited4,550,0004.55

New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited4,540,0004.54

Custodial Services Limited4,264,0004.26

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited3,953,0003.95

JB Were (NZ) Nominees Limited3,302,0003.30

Custodial Services Limited3,173,0003.17

Custodial Services Limited2,556,0002.56

Custodial Services Limited1,297,0001.30

Mt Nominees Limited1,241,0001.24

Investment Custodial Services Limited1,175,0001.18

Private Nominees Limited1,000,0001.00

Woolf Fisher Trust Inc950,0000.95

FNZ Custodians Limited906,0000.91

Total for top 20 87,112,00087.12

Distribution of CEN050 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2021

Size of holding

Number of

bondholders

% of

bondholders

Number of

bonds% of bonds

1,001–5,00062.8730,0000.03

5,001–10,0004421.05426,0000.43

10,001–50,00010449.762,824,0002.82

50,001–100,0002311.001,702,0001.70

100,001 and over3215.3195,018,00095.02

Total209100.00100,000,000100.00

Directors of Contact Energy Limited and subsidiaries

The following people held office as directors of Contact Energy Limited

as at 30 June 2021: Robert McDonald, Victoria Crone, Jon Macdonald,

Rukumoana Schaafhausen, David Smol, Elena Trout and Dame Therese

Walsh. Whaimutu Dewes held office as a director during the reporting

period until 31 March 2021.

The following people held office as directors of Contact’s subsidiaries as at


30 June 2021:

Simply Energy Limited

Dorian Devers

Murray Dyer

James Kilty

Stephen Peterson

Chris Seel

Catherine Thompson*

*Appointed 28 April 2021.

Western Energy Services Limited

Dane Coppell

Dorian Devers*

Mike Dunstall*

James Kilty*

Catherine Thompson*

*Appointed 31 March 2021.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

67

Additional disclosures

NZX waivers

There were no waivers granted by NZX or relied on by Contact in the

12 months preceding 30 June 2021.

Stock exchange listings

Contact’s ordinary shares are listed and quoted on the NZX Main Board

and the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) under the company code

‘CEN’. Contact has three issues of retail bonds listed and quoted on the NZX

Debt Market under the company codes ‘CEN030’, ‘CEN040’ and ‘CEN050’.

Contact’s listing on the ASX is as a Foreign Exempt Listing. For the purposes

of ASX listing rule 1.15.3, Contact confirms that it continues to comply with

the NZX listing rules.

Exercise of NZX disciplinary powers

NZX did not exercise any of its powers under Listing Rule 9.9.3 in relation

to Contact during FY21.

Auditor fees

KPMG has continued to act as auditors of the company. The amount

payable by Contact and its subsidiaries to KPMG as audit fees in respect of

FY21 was $541,000. The fees for other services undertaken by KPMG during

FY21 totalled $57,250. These related to other assurance activities: reviews of

Contact’s green borrowing programme, greenhouse gas emissions and GRI

(sustainability), and supervisor reporting.

Donations

In accordance with section 211(1)(h) of the Companies Act 1993, Contact

records that it donated $36,642 in FY21 including charitable donations,

provision of f ree energy and where we have given a koha. Donations are

made on the basis that the recipient is not obliged to provide any service

such as promoting Contact’s brand and are separate f rom Contact’s

sponsorship activity. No political contributions were made during the year.

Credit rating

Contact Energy Limited has a Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating

of BBB/stable and short-term rating of A-2.

The $150 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued


in September 2015 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.

The $100 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued


in February 2017 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.

The $100 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued


in March 2019 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.

Sustainability disclosures

Memberships of associations or advocacy organisations

Holds a position on the governance body

Electricity Retailers’ Association of New Zealand (ERANZ)

Gas Industry Company

Participates in projects or committees

Business New Zealand

(Energy Council Major Companies Group, Corporate Affairs Group, Corporate

Taxpayers Group)

Sustainable Business Council

Australasian Investor Relations Association

Climate Leaders Coalition

Champions for Change

Drive Electric

Electricity Authority Market Development Advisory Group

Hugo Group

Liquefied Petroleum Gas Association

NZ Initiative

ERANZ Retailer Revenue Assurance Advisory Forum

ERANZ Retailers’ Operational Forum

ERANZ Vulnerable Customer & Medically Dependent Customer (VCMDC) Working Group

ERANZ Policy Committee

ERANZ Communications Committee

ERANZ Data Working Group

NZ Hydrogen Association

Generator Forum

ENA Technical Implementation Working Group

ENA Joint Implementation Working Group

Wellington Chamber of Commerce

Women in Geothermal

International Geothermal Association

NZ Geothermal Association

Aotearoa Circle

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

68

Additional disclosures

External commitments

Organisation/GroupDate of

adoption

Commitment

Climate Leaders

Coalition

July 2019• To measure our greenhouse gas emissions,

have them independently verified and

publicly report on them.

• Adopt targets grounded in science that will

deliver substantial emissions reductions so

organisations contribute to being carbon

neutral by 2050. These targets will be

considered in current planning cycles.

• Assessing our climate change risks and

publicly disclosing them.

• Proactively support our people to reduce

their emissions.

• Proactively support our suppliers to reduce

their emissions.

• Committed to the Paris Agreement

Target to keep warming below 2°C and to

further pursue efforts to limit temperature

increases to 1.5°C.

Science Based Targets

initiative – Committed

March 2018We commit to progressing emission

reduction in line with verified target.

Climate-related risks and opportunities

The following table presents an overview of Contact’s most material

climate-related risks and opportunities in the short, medium and long term.

We review these annually.

In 2019, we commissioned NIWA to model the potential impacts of climate

change on our operations. We modelled two scenarios: a business-as-

usual scenario where greenhouse gas concentrations continue unabated

(Representative Concentration Pathway 8.5); and a mitigation scenario with a

global effort to heavily reduce concentrations (RCP 2.5). Under either scenario

used we saw that most sites will experience a tripling of the number of hot

days, with spring and summer expected to become drier and winter wetter.

Our hydro catchment is likely to have increased inflows, with potential

for hydro generation increasing – especially under the business-as-usual

scenario.

Given this, and also what we know about the transitional risks of climate

change, such as changing regulation, stakeholder expectations and market

dynamics, we have identified a range of risks which we have then rated as

low, medium, or high based on the likelihood, time-horizon and potential

impact/size of the opportunity or risk.

We use our existing risk management systems to capture, monitor and

report on climate-related risks. Risks rated high are also monitored by the

leadership team and the Board Audit and Risk Committee. The Board Health,

Safety and Environment Committee, who have formal oversight of climate-

related issues, also review the climate-related risks. The full Board, when

setting strategy, also considers a wide range of risks and environmental

factors, and the work that our teams do to understand issues such as


climate change contributes to their decision-making.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

69

Additional disclosures

Short term (now–2023) Medium term (2023–2035) Long term (2035–onwards)

These may impact near-term financial results,

including those that may materialise within the

current reporting cycle.

May materially impact financial results over the

longer term and may require us to adjust our strategy.

Risks that could fundamentally impact the long-term

strategy and business model.

Market transition risks and opportunities

Contact’s

emissions

profile

• Reputational impact of continued use of thermal and

high-emissions generation.

• Heightened scrutiny f rom customers and investors on

environmental, social, governance (ESG) performance

of businesses.

• Rising gas and carbon costs.

• National imperative to reduce carbon emissions

through policy and other means.

• Heightened scrutiny of emissions f rom geothermal

energy generation.

• Leadership of decarbonisation initiatives including

delivering on science-based targets.

• Stakeholder rejection of fossil fuels including natural

gas.

Leading the

market to

decarbonise

• Rising stakeholder expectations increase the pace of

change in which businesses must adapt/respond to

climate-related issues.

• Increased opportunity for renewable developments.

• New opportunities and markets developed to

support low-carbon transition activities.

• Opportunity to deepen relationships with customers

who are looking to decarbonise.

• Transition to lower-carbon economy creates more

demand for electricity.

• Opportunities for innovative customer and

technology solutions.

• Increased electricity demand.

• Increased demand for green energy products/

certification.

• Wider options for new generation development.

Thermal

transition


• Opportunity for renewable generation to displace

thermal.

• Potential for high-emissions industries to favour gas

as a transition fuel, resulting in increased gas use and

emissions in the short term.

• Continued requirement for thermal peaking plant in

New Zealand to ensure affordable security of supply.

• Opportunity to develop Thermal Co.

• Ensuring an orderly transition to a low-emissions

energy sector.

• Potential for significant renewable overbuild, and

massive distributed generation.

New

technology

• Customer adoption of new technologies and/or

energy efficient solutions impacts on demand for

grid connected electricity.

• Opportunity for smart-solutions for customers to

assist decarbonisation.

• Customer adoption of new technologies and/or

energy efficient solutions impacts on demand for

grid connected electricity.

• Opportunity for innovative new energy sources e.g.

hydrogen.

• Increase in demand due to changing industry energy

requirements.

• New technology makes current generation

redundant and/or impacts demand significantly.

Regulation

• Changes to regulation impacts on costs of business

and/or licence to operate.

• New regulation requires Contact to offset or reduce

emissions faster than planned.

• New Zealand’s costs become higher relative to globe

which results in production moving offshore and

reduced demand.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

70

Additional disclosures

Short term (now–2023) Medium term (2023–2035) Long term (2035–onwards)

These may impact near-term financial results,

including those that may materialise within the

current reporting cycle.

May materially impact financial results over the

longer term and may require us to adjust our strategy.

Risks that could fundamentally impact the long-term

strategy and business model.

Physical risks and opportunities

Temperature

increases


• Changes to maintenance requirements as

temperatures increase.

• Changes to electricity demand as temperatures

change.

• Health, safety and wellbeing impacts on people

working in warmer conditions.

• Impacts on the efficiency and availability of

generation plants.

• Implications on resource consent requirements

which may increase costs and/or impact on licence

to operate.

• Impacts on operational plant may require change in

design.

Access to

natural

resources


• Changes to hydro inflows impact on our renewable

generation.

• Consent renewal required for Wairākei in 2026.

• Changes in regulation may impact on access to

water, consent conditions and/or costs.

• Increased demand and competition for natural

resources, including f resh water, impacts on access

to natural resources for generation.

• Drilling programme requires access to significant

volumes of water.

• Consents required for new developments.

• Water storage requirements change.

• Increased hydro inflows create opportunities to

increase generation output, but may also increase

flood risk and require spilling at hydro.

Intensity of

storms

• Increased potential for erosion issues.

• Disruption to physical works during storms.

• Stormwater systems require redesign and/

or replacement to meet changing capacity

requirements.

• Potential for increased power outages due to

transmission failure caused by storms.

• Increased flood risk around rivers and lakes impacts

on generation operations.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

71

Additional disclosures

Group Scope 1 emissions

Emissions (tCO

2

e)

Thermal

Generation

Emission Intensity

(tCO

2

e per MWh)

Total Generation

Emission Intensity

(tCO

2

e per MWh)

FY21FY20 FY21FY20FY21FY20

Fuel used

for thermal

generation

866,013722,834

1


Fuel used for

geothermal

generation

178,524 199,965

1


Total fuel used

for generation

1,044,536 922,798

1

0.5440.5320.124 0.109

Fuel used in

vehicles

178270

Fugitive

emissions – SF6

29 4

Total Scope 11,044,744 923,072

1


1. FY20 figure updated due to finalised data becoming available (estimates were used previously).

Group Scope 2 and 3 emissions

ScopeCategoryFY21 tCO

2

eFY20 tCO

2

e

Indirect Emissions

(Scope 2)

Electricity Consumption1,3001,258

Simply Energy – electricity

consumption (location based)

3N/A

Subtotal1,3031,258

Indirect Emissions

(Scope 3)

Purchased Goods and

Services

16,69911,915

1

Capital Goods41,72618,052

Fuel and Energy330,20791,857

Upstream Transportation27 14

Waste149123

Business Travel263719

Employee Commuting306 606

Use of Sold Products165,259 166,310

Downstream Leased Assets399306

Subtotal555,036277,987

Total (Scope 1, 2 and 3) 1,601,0831,202,317

For more details on our emissions please refer to our GHG inventory

on our website.

KPMG have provided an unmodified limited assurance opinion as to

whether anything has come to their attention to indicate that Contact

Energy’s Greenhouse Gas emissions inventory report has not been prepared

in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol’s Corporate Standard

requirements for the period 1 July 2020 – 30 June 2021.

Supply chain impacts

Number of suppliers assessed for environmental and social impacts.5

Number of suppliers identified as having significant actual and potential

negative environmental and social impacts.

1

Percentage of suppliers with which improvements have been agreed upon as a

result of assessment.

0%

Percentage of suppliers with which relationships have been terminated as a

result of assessment, and why.

0%

Our supplier reviews identified one supplier that had potential negative

environmental and social impacts. These potential impacts were effects

on marine life, effects on ecology and fisheries resource, and cultural

and community concerns. Our review found that these impacts were

appropriately managed by the supplier through their resource consenting

and consultation processes.

Safety data at 30 June 2021

EmployeesNon-employees

NumberRateNumberRate

Fatalities0000

High-consequence work-related0000

Recordable work-related injuries10.5248.59

Number of hours worked1,914,213N/A465,707N/A

The main types of work-related injuriesForeign body in eyeStrains and sprains

Work-related hazards that pose a risk

of high-consequence injury

Energy sources, hazardous substances, working

at height, working in confined spaces, lifting

heavy loads, working with mobile plant, working

around water, excavations, fitness for work,

staying safe while driving, scope of work change.


The hazards listed above have been determined through identification of critical tasks and based

on consequences of injuries that happen in these areas.

Our hazard ID processes cover actions taken to eliminate these hazards and minimise risks.

Rates have been calculated based on 1,000,000 hours worked.

Monitored contractors are excluded because the work is contracted and takes place off sites.

1. Figure restated due to methodology correction.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

72

Additional disclosures

Contact Green Borrowing Programme

In line with our commitment to a low-carbon economy, Contact has a Green

Borrowing Programme to finance Contact’s past and future renewable

energy generation investments. This is a progressive approach to financing

and provides investors and lenders with an opportunity to access a broad

range of accredited green debt instruments where proceeds have been

applied to eligible green assets.

The Green Borrowing Programme is described in Contact’s Green Bond

Framework (Framework), which aligns with the Green Bond Principles and is

certified by the Climate Bonds Initiative (CBI) under Climate Bond Standard

V3.0 with assurance f rom KPMG.

The Framework, CBI certification and KPMG’s annual assurance statement

are available on our website. The Framework articulates which of

1 Includes direct heat sold to Tenon and Nature’s Flame.

2 Ineligible green asset in relation to Contact’s Green Borrowing Programme.

Contact’s debt instruments and assets qualify as green, and provides for a

comprehensive compliance and disclosure regime to ensure the Climate

Bonds Standard V3.0 is always met, in turn ensuring that the existing CBI

certification remains in place. A key compliance metric is the Green Ratio

whereby the total green asset value must be at least equal to total green

debt instruments (i.e. a ratio of 1.0 minimum). This indicator is reported on


a half-yearly basis.

The following table sets out the total green asset value and total green debt

instruments for the current reporting period, and confirms that the Green

Ratio is met at 1.45. Contact confirms to the best of its knowledge that its

Green Borrowing Programme continues to remain in compliance with the

CBI certification in place, including the requirements of the Climate Bonds

Standard V3.0.


Geothermal assets data as at 30 June 2021

Book value

$m

Generation

(GWh)

Emissions

(tCO

2

e)

Emissions

intensity

(gCO

2

e/

KWh)

Compliance

with CBI

standards

(< 100

gCO

2

e/KWh)

Poihipi14733912,83038Yes

Tauhara223––N/AYes

Te Mihi4961,24047,24838Yes

Te Huka1091558,10952Yes

Wairākei7581,08119,81218Yes

Tenon and Nature’s Flame

1

91981,5978Yes

Ohaaki

2

105299 88,930298No

Geothermal portfolio total/average1,8473,312 178,52654Yes

Eligible Green Asset total/average1,7423,013 89,59530Yes

Total Green Debt Instruments 1,203    

Green Asset Ratio1.45

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

73

Additional disclosures

Workforce by gender and employment type at 30 June

1

FY20

Total

headcount Women Men

Fixed

term Permanent

Part

time Full time

Officers

2

6 2 4 0 6 0 6

Corporate 69 42 27 5 64 13 56

Customer 516 324 192 25 491 72 444

Generation 343 71 272 11 332 28 315

Total 934 439 495 41 893 113 821


FY21

Total

headcount Women Men


Undisclosed

Fixed

term Permanent

Part

time Full time

Officers

2

93600909

Corporate 72462605671557

Customer 50530919512348270435

Development5518370352253

Generation

and trading

3045025401129324280

Total 945426518142903111834




Board diversity at 30 June

MenWomenTotalUnder 3030–50Over 50Total

European/

PākehāMāoriPasifikaTotal

Board of directors FY2043703476117

57%43%100%043%57%100%

Board of directors FY21 347 0 4 3 7 6 1 1 7

43% 57% 100% 0 57% 43% 100%

1 Gender is recorded by self-identification.

2 ‘Officers’ means the CEO and members of Contact’s Leadership Team.

Employment contract and type by gender


FY20WomenMenTotal

Permanent employees417476893

Fixed-term employees221941

Total934

Full-time employees352469821

Part-time employees8726113

Total934




FY21WomenMenUndisclosedTotal

Permanent

employees

4054971903

Fixed-term

employees

2121042

Total945

Full-time

employees

3394941834

Part-time

employees

87240111

Total945

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

74

Additional disclosures

Employee diversity at 30 June, by business unit

1

FY20 Women Men Under 30 30–50 Over 50 Undisclosed Māori Pasifika Asian European Other AMELA Undisclosed

Officers33% 67% 0% 33% 67% 0% 0% 17% 0% 50% 33% 0% 17%

Corporate 61% 39% 12% 62% 23% 3% 7% 0% 7% 35% 33% 0% 29%

Customer 63% 37% 29% 47% 23% 1% 9% 3% 9% 36% 25% 2% 33%

Generation 21% 79% 8% 44% 47% 1% 6% 1% 5% 39% 35% 1% 25%

Total 47% 53% 20% 47% 32% 1% 8% 2% 7% 37% 29% 1% 29%

FY21 Women MenUnder 30 30–50 Over 50 Undisclosed Māori Pasifika Asian European Other AMELA Undisclosed

Officers33%67%0%33%67%0%0%0%0%44%33%11%11%

Corporate 64%36%11%67%21%1%7%0%10%35%26%0%32%

Customer 61%39%27%49%23%1%11%3%10%39%24%1%28%

Development33%67%9%58%33%0%5%4%4%45%31%2%24%

Generation

and trading

16%84%9%40%50%1%6%1%6%39%35%1%24%

Total 45%55%19%48%33%1%9%2%8%39%28%1%26%

Employee diversity at 30 June, by employee category

FY21 Women Men Under 30 30–50 Over 50 Undisclosed Māori Pasifika Asian European Other AMELA Undisclosed

KMP

2

33%67%0%33%67%0%0%0%0%44%33%11%11%

Other Execs/

GMs

33%67%0%83%17%0%0%0%0%33%25%0%42%

Senior

Management

42%58%0%70%30%0%3%0%3%48%45%0%18%

Other

Managers

32%68%2%47%50%1%6%1%6%45%32%0%21%

Non-

Managers

47%53%22%47%30%1%9%2%9%38%27%1%27%

Total45%55%19%48%33%1%9%2%8%39%28%1%26%

1 Ethnicity total % adds up to more than 100%. This is because individuals can choose to identify multiple ethnicities.

2 Key managerial personnel.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

75

Additional disclosures

Customer privacy

Number of complaints received f rom outside parties1

Number of complaints received f rom regulatory bodies 0

Total number of identified leaks, thefts, or losses of customer data28*

* We started recording the number of privacy breaches f rom 1 December 2020. While the number

appears high, most of the privacy breaches were considered minor in nature (for example, affected

one or two customers causing little or no harm) and did not require being reported to the Office of

the Privacy Commissioner.

The Privacy Act 2020 came into force on 1 December 2020 and introduced,

among other things, mandatory privacy breach reporting for notifiable

privacy breaches. A notifiable privacy breach is a privacy breach where serious

harm has been caused or is likely. One breach met this threshold. We do not

expect any further action to be taken in respect of that breach.

Contributions and other spending

Annual total monetary contributions to and spending for political campaigns,

political organisations, lobbyists or lobbying organisations, trade associations

and other tax-exempt groups:

$NZDFY18FY19FY20FY21

Lobbying, interest representation

or similar

146,642161,852169,540167,986

Local, regional or national political

campaigns/organisations/

candidates

0000

Trade associations or tax-exempt

groups

0000

Other (e.g. spending related to

ballot measures or referendums)

0000

Energy consumption

Total energy consumptionFY18FY19FY20FY21

Non-renewable fuels (nuclear fuels,

coal, oil, natural gas, etc.) purchased

and consumed (MWh)

4,863,6113,892,2223,521,3753,990,948

Total solid waste disposed

(i.e. not recycled, reused or incinerated waste for energy recovery)

FY18FY19FY20FY21

Total waste generated (metric tonnes)109126.1108.6132

Total waste used/recycled/sold (metric tonnes)03.43.66.0

We do not track used/recycled/sold waste for all our sites of operation, figures

indicate recycled waste where tracked.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

76

Additional disclosures

Habitat protection and restoration work at 30 June 2021

Habitat protected or restoredLocationSize (ha)StatusPartnerships

Torepatutahi Wetland, willow wetland restored to nativesTaupō region36.9Ongoing weed control and

replacement planting 

Ngati Tahu – Ngati Whaoa Runanga,

Fish and Game, Department of

Conservation, landowners  

Elliot Lake, farmland replanted in nativesTaupō region1.6Planting complete, ongoing

maintenance 

None

Wairākei Power Station entrance, replanted in natives and f ruit

trees for community garden

Taupō region0.5Planting complete, ongoing

maintenance 

Greening Taupō 

Karapiti Pines, wilding pine removalTaupō region8.4Ongoing maintenance None

Oruanui Pines, wilding pine removalTaupō region4.3Ongoing maintenance None

Wai-ora Hill, pest plant controlTaupō region64.8Ongoing maintenance Waikato Regional Council,

Ministry for Primary Industries

Oruanui, retired thermo-tolerant vegetation site f rom pastoral

agriculture

Taupō region3.5Ongoing maintenance None

Karapiti, mānuka and native planting  Taupō region17.5Ongoing maintenance and pest control  None

Rakaunui and Otumuheke Block, stormwater drain and

stream planting

Taupō region2.0Planting complete, ongoing

maintenance 

None

Ohaaki Bund, scrubland replanted in natives Taupō region1.2Ongoing maintenance None

Waipuwerawera stream restoration, removing pest plants and

planting natives

Taupō region3.2Ongoing maintenance and pest control  Tuwharetoa Maori Trust Board,

Taupō District Council,

Department of Conservation

Te Rau o Te Huia stream restoration  Taupō region6.6Systematic removal of pest plants and

annual planting programme

Ngāti Te Rangiita Ki Oruanui  

Huka Quarry block, removal of weeds and planting nativesTaupō region1.3Ongoing maintenance and pest control  None

Wairākei Drive strip, aesthetic plantingTaupō region0.5Annual Greening Taupō planting,

aligned with community desires  

None

Ex Keegan Stratford, riparian native plantingStratford,

Taranaki

–Annual planting programme, ongoing

maintenance  

Taranaki Regional Council 

Gladstone Gap, community plantingsHawea,

Central Otago

0.5Irrigation of native plants, partially

restored area

Hawea Community Association 


Independent assurance has been undertaken for the Torepatutahi Wetland restoration work. Other restoration and protection work has not been assured.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

77

Additional disclosures

TCFD index

Disclosure

Page

number

Describe the board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities.

p. 53

Describe management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities.

p. 54

Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium and long term.

p. 68

Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation's businesses, strategy and financial planning.

p. 41

Describe the resilience of the organisation's strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 2 degree or lower scenario

p. 41

Describe the organisation's processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks.

p. 41

Describe how processes for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation's overall risk management.

p. 54

Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk management process.

p. 25

Disclose Scope 1, 2 and if appropriate 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the related risks.

p. 40

Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets.

p. 25

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

78

Additional disclosures

DescriptionPage No.Information

Strategy and analysis

102–14 Statement f rom the most

senior decision maker

6–10


Organisational profile

102–1 Name of the organisation Contact Energy Limited

102–2 Brands, products, and/or

services

15–16


102–3 Headquarter location

111


102–4 Locations of operations

16


102–5 Ownership and legal form

82


102–6 Markets served

15


102–7 Scale of the organisation

15–16


102–8 Employee statistics

73–74


102–41 Employees covered by

collective bargaining

agreements

9.8% of total Contact employees

were covered by collective

bargaining agreements as at

30 June 2021. Contractor data

not collected.

102–9 Organisation’s supply

chain

20


102–10 Significant changes

regarding size, structure,

or ownership

86


102–11 Precautionary approach

54

Not specifically addressed.

Potential adverse

environmental impacts are

addressed through adapative

management including

official (often publicly notified)

resource consent assessments.

102–12 External charters,

principles, or other

initiatives

ISO 14001

102–13 Memberships in

associations and

advocacy organisations

67–68


Identified material aspects and boundaries

102–45 Entities included in the

organisation’s consolidated

financial statements

82


102–46 Process for defining the

report content

21–22


DescriptionPage No.Information

102–47 List of material topics

21–22

For the majority of our material

topics, the impacts occur within

the operational boundary.

For some topics, Biodiversity,

Water, Climate Change and

Energy Hardship, impacts can

be felt downstream of our

operational boundary, or we are

contributing to a larger issue.

Health and safety impacts are

also created by companies in

our supply chain. In all cases,

our focus is on areas which we

can control or influence.

102–48 Restatements of

information

71


102–49 Significant changes

of aspect boundaries

compared to previous years

41

GHG emissions now include

Simply Energy and Western

Energy.

Stakeholder engagement

102–40 Stakeholder groups

21–22


102–42 Stakeholder identification

and selection

21


102–43 Approaches to stakeholder

engagement

21


102–44 Key topics and concerns

raised by stakeholders

21–22


Report profile

102–50 Reporting period

2


102–51 Date of most recent

previous report

2


102–52 Reporting cycle

2


102–53 Contact point for questions

111


102–54 Chosen ‘In accordance’

option, GRI index

This report has been

developed in accordance with

the core GRI 2018 guidelines.

102–56 External assurance for the

report

106– 110


Governance

102–18 Governance structure.

Committee responsible

for decision-making on

economic, environmental

and social topics

53


GRI index

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

79

Additional disclosures

DescriptionPage No.Information

Ethics and integrity

102–16 Organisation’s values,

principles, standards and

norms of behaviour, and

codes of ethics

14


Specific Standard Disclosures

Category: environmental

DMA Water

303–3 Total water withdrawal by

source

42


303–4 Total water discharge by

destination

42


303–5 Total water consumption

42


DMA Biodiversity

304–3 Habitats protected or

restored

76


DMA Emissions

305–1 Direct (Scope 1)

greenhouse gas emissions

71


305–2 Gross location based

Scope 2 emissions

71


305–3 Gross Scope 3 emissions

71


305–4 GHG emissions intensity

71


305–5 Reduction of GHG

emissions

40


DMA Reliable renewable energy

Own measurePercentage of renewable

generation

15


Category: social

DMA Occupational health and safety

403–9Work–related injuries

71


Self-selectedTISR

45


Self-selected Process safety data

45


DMA Diversity and equal opportunity

405–1 Gender, age and ethnicity

statistics

73–74


Self-selected Staff engagement

43


DescriptionPage No.Information

DMA Local communities

413–1 Community engagement

and development

38


DMA Customer experience

Own measure Customer satisfaction

(Net Promoter Score)

32


DMA Customer wellbeing

Own measure Description of activities

undertaken to support

customer wellbeing

33


DMA Energy hardship

Own measure Reduction of customer

debt expressed as a

percentage

33


DMA Supply chain

308–2Negative environmental

impacts in the supply

chain and actions taken

71


414–2Negative social impacts

in the supply chain and

actions taken

71


DMA Compliance

307–1Non-compliance with

environmental laws and

regulations

38

No cases brought through

dispute resolution

mechanisms.

419–1Non-compliance with laws

and regulations in the

social and economic area

49

DMA Financial sustainability

Own measureFinancial performance in

FY21

47


DMA Privacy

418–1Substantiated complaints

concerning breaches of

customer privacy and

losses of customer data

75

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

80

Financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

Financial

statements

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

81

Financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

Financial statements

Contents

About these financial statements 82

Statement of comprehensive income 83

Statement of cash flows 83

Statement of financial position 84

Statement of changes in equity 85

Notes to the financial statements 86

A. Our performance 86

A1. Segments 86

A2. Earnings 86

A3. Free cash flow 88

B. Our funding 88

B1. Capital structure 88

B2. Share capital 88

B3. Distributions 89

B4. Borrowings 89

B5. Net interest expense 90

C. Our assets 91

C1. Property, plant and equipment and 91


intangible assets

C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing 93

D. Our financial risks 94

D1. Market risk 94

D2. Liquidity risk 97

D3. Credit risk 98

E. Other disclosures 98

E1. Tax 98

E2. Operating expenses 99

E3. Inventory 99

E4. Trade and other receivables 99

E5. Provisions 100

E6. Profit to operating cash flows 100

E7. Hedging activities 100

E8. Financial instruments at fair value 101

E9. Financial instruments at amortised cost 102

E10. Share-based compensation 102

E11. Related parties 104

E12. New accounting standards 105

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

82

Financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

About these

financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

These financial statements are for Contact,

a group made up of Contact Energy Limited,

the entities over which it has control and its

associate.

Contact Energy Limited is registered in New Zealand under the Companies

Act 1993. It is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX) and the

Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and has bonds listed on the NZX debt

market. Contact is an FMC reporting entity under the Financial Markets

Conduct Act 2013.

Contact’s financial statements are prepared:

• in accordance with New Zealand generally accepted accounting practice

(GAAP) and comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial

Reporting Standards (IFRS) and IFRS as appropriate for profit-oriented entities

• in millions of New Zealand dollars (NZD) unless otherwise noted

• on a historical cost basis except for financial instruments held at fair value

• using the same accounting policies for all reporting periods presented

• with certain comparative amounts reclassified to conform to the current

year’s presentation.

Estimates and judgements are made in applying Contact’s accounting

policies. Areas that involve a higher level of estimation or judgement are:

• useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note C1)

• impairment testing of cash-generating units (CGUs) and future generation

development capital work in progress (note C2)

• fair value measurement of financial instruments (notes D1 and E8)

• provision for future restoration and rehabilitation obligations (note E5).








The financial statements were authorised on behalf of the Contact Energy

Limited Board of Directors on 13 August 2021.




Robert McDonald Dame Therese Walsh

Chair Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

83

Financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

Statement of

comprehensive income

For the year ended 30 June 2021

$mNote20212020

Revenue and other income

A2

2,5732,073

Operating expenses

A2

(2,020)(1,627)

Net interest expense

B5

(50)(55)

Depreciation and amortisation

C1

(249)(220)

Change in fair value of financial instruments

D1

7–

Profit before tax 261171

Tax expense

E1

(74)(46)

Profit 187125

Items that may be reclassified to profit/(loss):

Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)

E7

(2)(10)

Comprehensive income 185 115

Profit per share (cents) – basic 25.317.5

Profit per share (cents) – diluted 25.317.4

Statement of

cash flows

For the year ended 30 June 2021

$mNote20212020

Receipts f rom customers2,5242,058

Payments to suppliers and employees(1,970)(1,598)

Interest paid(43)(49)

Interest received – –

Tax paid(79)(70)

Operating cash flows

E6

432341

Purchase and construction of assets(129)(94)

Capitalised interest(8)(6)

Investment in joint venture/associate(8)(3)

Acquisition of subsidiaries

E11

(31)–

Acquisition of Energyclub NZ (1)(3)

Investing cash flows (177)(106)

Dividends paid

B3

(274)(280)

Proceeds f rom borrowings356226

Repayment of borrowings(623)(184)

Net proceeds f rom share issue392 –

Financing cash flows (149)(238)

Net cash flow106(3)

Add: cash at the beginning of the year4447

Cash at the end of the year

B4

15044

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

84

Financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

Statement of

financial position

At 30 June 2021

$mNote20212020

Cash and cash equivalents

B4

15044

Trade and other receivables

E4

255191

Inventories

E3

6956

Intangible assets

C1

243

Derivative financial instruments

D1

5637

Total current assets 554331

Property, plant and equipment

C1

3,9614,026

Intangible assets

C1

213227

Goodwill

C2

220179

Investments in joint venture/associate

E11

1014

Derivative financial instruments

D1

70119

Total non-current assets 4,4744,565

Total assets 5,0284,896

Trade and other payables305190

Tax payable3928

Borrowings

B4

163220

Derivative financial instruments

D1

9253

Provisions

E5

2310

Total current liabilities 622501

Borrowings

B4

693978

Derivative financial instruments

D1

8474

Provisions

E5

5158

Deferred tax

E1

635653

Other non-current liabilities1611

Total non-current liabilities 1,4791,774

Total liabilities 2,1012,275

Net assets 2,9272,621

Share capital

B2

1,9221,528

Retained earnings1,0481,134

Hedge reserves

E7

(51)(49)

Share-based compensation reserve88

Shareholders’ equity 2,9272,621

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

85

Financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

Statement of

changes in equity

For the year ended 30 June 2021

$mNote

Share

capital

Retained

earnings

Other

reserves

Shareholders’

equity

Balance at 1 July 2019  1,523 1,288 (29) 2,782

Profit – 125 – 125

Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)

E7

– – (10)(10)

Change in share-based compensation reserve

E10

– – (2) (2)

Change in share capital

B2

5 – – 5

Dividends paid

B3

– (280) – (280)

Balance at 30 June 2020 1,5281,134(41)2,621

Profit – 187 – 187

Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)

E7

– – (2)(2)

Change in share-based compensation reserve

E10

– – – –

Change in share capital

B2

394 – – 394

Dividends paid

B3

– (274) – (274)

Balance at 30 June 2021  1,922 1,048 (43) 2,927


Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

86

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

A. Our performance

A1. Segments

Contact reports activities under the Wholesale segment and the Customer

segment.

The Wholesale segment includes revenue f rom the sale of electricity to the

wholesale electricity market, to Commercial and Industrial (C&I) customers


and to the Customer segment, less the cost to generate and/or purchase

the electricity and costs to serve and distribute electricity to C&I customers.

The results of Simply Energy Limited and Western Energy Services Limited,

following their acquisition on 31 August 2020 and 31 March 2021 respectively,

have been included within the Wholesale segment, within the relevant line items.

Prior to acquisition date, Contact’s share of net earnings of Simply Energy Limited

as an associate were included in ‘Unallocated’ other operating expenses.

The Customer segment includes revenue f rom delivering electricity, natural

gas, broadband and other products and services to mass market customers

less the cost of purchasing those products and services, and the cost to serve

customers.

‘Unallocated’ includes corporate functions not directly allocated to the

operating segments, and Contact’s share of earnings f rom associates and


joint ventures.

The Customer segment purchases electricity f rom the Wholesale segment


at a fixed price in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.

A2. Earnings

The tables on the next pages provide a breakdown of Contact’s revenue and

expenses, earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, and

changes in fair value of financial instruments (EBITDAF) by segment, and


a reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to profit reported under NZ GAAP. EBITDAF

is used to monitor performance and is a non-GAAP profit measure.

The significant items category has been removed in the current financial year.

The increase in Holidays Act provision recognised in the reporting period

ended 30 June 2020 has been reclassified to other operating expenses,

reducing EBITDAF by $5 million with no overall impact to profit.

The key revenue categories are:

• Electricity and gas

Electricity and gas revenue (including mass market electricity, C&I electricity

and gas) is recognised when energy is supplied for customer consumption.

Mass market electricity includes net revenue for AA Smartfuel rewards.

Revenue is initially recognised net of prompt payment discounts.

• Wholesale electricity, net of hedging

Revenue received f rom electricity generated and sold through the wholesale

market, the net settlement of electricity hedges sold on the electricity

futures markets and to generators, other retailers and industrial customers.

Revenue is recognised as the energy is delivered.

• Electricity-related services

Revenue f rom the sale of complementary products and services to the

wholesale market for the provision of instantaneous reserves, f requency keeping

and other ancillary services. Revenue is recognised as the services are provided.

• Broadband and steam

Revenue f rom the sale of steam is recognised as the steam is delivered.

Broadband revenue is recognised as the broadband services are provided.

Revenue recognition involves the calculation of unbilled revenue accruals for

mass market, C&I electricity and gas, as well as the recognition of contract

assets (note E4).

Simply Energy Limited revenue for electricity supply and billing services is

included in the ‘C&I electricity – fixed price’, ‘C&I electricity – pass through’ and

‘Wholesale electricity, net of hedging’ revenue lines. Revenue is recognised when

energy is supplied for customer consumption and as billing services are provided.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

87

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

20212020

$m

WholesaleCustomerUnallocated EliminationsTotal Wholesale Customer Unallocated Eliminations Total

Mass market electricity– 839 – (1)838 – 861 – (1) 860

C&I electricity – fixed price 249 – – – 249 275 – – – 275

C&I electricity – pass through 44 – – – 44 16 – – – 16

Wholesale electricity, net of hedging 1,285 – – – 1,285 791 – – – 791

Electricity-related services revenue 8 – – – 8 8 – – – 8

Inter-segment electricity sales 338 – – (338)– 332 – – (332)–

Gas 2 74 – – 76 1 74 – – 75

Steam 28 – – – 28 26 – – – 26

Geothermal services 3 – – – 3 –––––

Broadband– 32 – – 32 – 17 – – 17

Total revenue 1,957 945 – (339)2,563 1,449 952 – (333) 2,068

Other income 4 6 – – 10 – 5 – – 5

Total revenue and other income 1,961 951 – (339)2,573 1,449 957 – (333) 2,073

Electricity purchases, net of hedging (974)– – – (974)(635)– – – (635)

Electricity purchases – pass through(30)– – – (30)(14)– – – (14)

Electricity-related services cost(7)– – – (7)(7)– – – (7)

Inter-segment electricity purchases– (338)– 338 – – (332)– 332 –

Gas and diesel purchases(126)(24)– – (150)(90)(24)– – (114)

Gas storage costs(24)– – – (24)(22)– – – (22)

Carbon emissions costs(41)(4)– – (45)(24)(4)– – (28)

Generation transmission & levies(28)– – – (28)(32)– – – (32)

Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – fixed price (82)(378)– – (460)(95)(414)– – (509)

Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – pass through(13)– – – (13)(2)– – – (2)

Gas networks, transmission & meter costs(7)(37)– – (44)(9)(37)– – (46)

Geothermal service costs(1)– – – (1)–––––

Broadband costs– (33)– – (33)– (17)– – (17)

Other operating expenses(101)(81)(30)1 (211)(93)(79)(30)1 (201)

Total operating expenses(1,434)(895)(30)339 (2,020)(1,023)(907)(30)333 (1,627)

EBITDAF 527 56(30)– 553 426 50 (30)– 446

Depreciation and amortisation(249) (220)

Net interest expense(50) (55)

Change in fair value of financial instruments7 –

Tax expense(74) (46)

Profit 187 125

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

88

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

A3. Free cash flow

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP cash measure that shows the amount of cash

Contact has available to distribute to shareholders, reduce debt or reinvest in

growing the business. A reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to NZ GAAP operating

cash flows and to f ree cash flow is provided below.

$mNote20212020

EBITDAF

A2

553446

Tax paid (79)(70)

Change in working capital net of investing and

financing activities

 37

Non-cash items included in EBITDAF (2)7

Net interest paid, excluding capitalised interest (43)(49)

Operating cash flows

E6

432341

Stay-in-business capital expenditure (61)(51)

Operating free cash flow and free cash flow 371290

Operating free cash flow per share (cents)

B3

50.240.4


Stay-in-business capital expenditure is required to maintain our business

operations and includes major plant inspections and replacements of


existing assets.

B. Our funding

B1. Capital structure

Contact’s capital includes equity and net debt. Our objectives when managing

capital are to ensure Contact can pay its debts when they are due and to

optimise the cost of our capital.

To manage the capital structure, the Board of Directors may adjust the

amount and nature of distributions to shareholders, issue new shares and

increase or repay debt.

Contact manages its capital structure to support an investment grade credit

rating and a gearing ratio suitable to our operating environment.

$mNote20212020

Borrowings

B4

856 1,198

Shareholders’ equity  2,927 2,621

Total capital funding 3,783 3,819

Gearing ratio 22.6%31.4%

B2. Share capital

Share capital comprises ordinary shares listed on the NZX and ASX. Certain

ordinary shares are held in trust on behalf of employees under the Contact

Share scheme (note E10). All shareholders are entitled to receive distributions

and to make one vote per share.

Contact undertook a $400 million equity raise during the year ended


30 June 2021. Direct, incremental costs associated with the equity raise

of $8 million were deducted f rom share capital.

 NoteNumber$m

Balance at 30 June 2020 718,131,8841,528

Share capital issued 57,990,186394

Balance at 30 June 2021 776,122,0701,922

Comprises:   

Ordinary shares775,854,4081,923

Contact ShareE10 267,662(1)

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

89

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

B3. Distributions

Earnings and operating free cash flow per share

Weighted average20212020

Number of shares (basic)738,614,475717,652,455

Number of shares (diluted)739,042,889718,964,789


The basic earnings per share calculation uses the weighted average number

of shares on issue over the period.

The diluted weighted average number of shares takes into account the number

of share options, performance share rights and deferred share rights that


are currently exercisable or will become exercisable depending on likelihood

of meeting vesting conditions.

Dividends paid

Paid during the year ended

Cents

per share$m

2019 final 23.0165

2020 interim 16.0115

30 June 2020 280

2020 final 23.0165

2021 interim 14.0109

30 June 2021274


On 13 August 2021, the Board resolved to pay a 65% imputed final dividend

of 21 cents per share on 15 September 2021. On 13 August 2021, Contact had

$27 million of imputation credits available for use in future periods.

B4. Borrowings

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less financing costs and

subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Some borrowings are designated in fair value hedge relationships, which

means that any changes in market interest and foreign exchange rates result

in a change in the fair value adjustment on that debt.

Borrowings denoted with an asterisk (*) are Green Debt Instruments under

Contact’s Green Borrowing Programme, which has been certified by the

Climate Bonds Initiative. At 30 June 2021 Contact remains compliant with

the requirements of the programme. Further information is available on the

Sustainability section on Contact’s website.

$mMaturityCoupon20212020

Bank overdraft < 3 months Floating – 1

* Commercial paper < 3 months Floating – 120

* Drawn bank facilitiesVariousFloating – 64

Lease obligations VariousVarious2122

* USPP notes – US$56mDec 20203.46% – 70

* Retail bonds – CEN030Nov 20214.40%150150

* Retail bonds – CEN040Nov 20224.63%100100

* USPP notes – US$22mDec 20234.19%2828

* USPP notes – US$51mDec 20234.09%6464

* USPP notes – US$42mDec 20233.63%6161

* Retail bonds – CEN050Aug 20243.55%100100

* USPP notes – US$58mDec 20254.33%7373

* USPP notes – US$43mDec 20253.85%6262

* Export credit agency facilityNov 2027Floating4754

* USPP notes – US$15mDec 20273.95%2222

* USPP notes – US$23mDec 20284.44%2929

* USPP notes – US$30mDec 20284.51%3838

Face value of borrowings7951,058

Deferred financing costs (3)(4)

Total borrowings at amortised cost 7921,054

Fair value adjustment on hedged borrowings 64144

Carrying value of borrowings 8561,198

Current 163220

Non-current693978

0

10

20

30

cps

40

50

Profit

(basic)

17.5

25.3

2021

2020

Operating free

cash flow

(basic)

40.4

50.2

Profit

(diluted)

25.3

17.4

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

90

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

Changes in borrowings

$m20212020

Borrowings at the start of the year1,1981,096

Net cash borrowed/(repaid)(267)42

Non-cash change in lease obligations31

Non-cash change in deferred financing costs11

Non-cash change in fair value adjustment(80)58

Borrowings at the end of the year8561,198


Short-term funding

Contact uses bank facilities for general corporate purposes including to

manage its liquidity risk (note D2). While drawings under our bank facilities

are typically for periods of three months or less, the amounts drawn down can

be rolled for the term of the facility. Drawn facilities are classified as current

when the facility will expire within one year of the reporting period end.

Contact’s total bank facilities have a range of maturities as follows:

Maturity $m20212020

Less than 1 year – –

Between 1 and 2 years – 325

Between 2 and 3 years 50 195

More than 3 years 380 110

 430630


All of these bank facilities form part of Contact’s Green Borrowing Programme.

Lease obligations

Contact’s leases predominately relate to property and connections to the

national electricity grid. These assets are included in the carrying value of

property, plant and equipment (note C1).

Security

Contact’s Deed of Negative Pledge and Guarantee and its United States

Private Placement (USPP) note agreements restrict Contact f rom granting

security interest over its assets, subject to certain permitted exceptions.

Because of these restrictions, Contact’s borrowings are all unsecured, except

for lease obligations secured over the leased assets. The Deed of Negative

Pledge and Guarantee and the USPP note agreements contain various debt

covenants, all of which Contact complied with during the reporting period.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents exclude bank overdrafts which are included within

borrowings. Contact trades electricity price derivatives on the ASX market using

a broker that holds collateral on deposit for margin calls. At 30 June 2021, this

collateral was $109 million (2020: $44 million) and is included within cash.

B5. Net interest expense

$mNote20212020

Interest expense on borrowings(52)(53)

Interest expense on finance leases (1)(2)

Unwind of discount on provisions

E5

(5)(5)

Unwind of deferred financing costs (1)(1)

Capitalised interest 8 6

Interest income 1 –

Net interest expense (50)(55)

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

91

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

C. Our assets

C1. Property, plant and equipment

and intangible assets

Contact’s property, plant and equipment (PP&E)

and intangible assets include:

• Generation plant and equipment: hydro,

geothermal and thermal power stations and

geothermal wells and pipelines.

• Computer software: our SAP system that is

used for customer service and billing, finance

functions and generation asset management,

which has a carrying value of $169 million (2020:

$194 million) and a remaining life of nine years.

All assets are recognised at cost less accumulated

depreciation or amortisation and impairments.

Generation plant and equipment acquired before

1 October 2004 is recognised at deemed historical

cost, which is the fair value of those assets at


1 October 2004, less accumulated depreciation

and accumulated impairment losses.

Included within additions for the year ended


30 June 2021 is capitalised interest of $8 million

(2020: $6 million) in relation to the build of the

Tauhara geothermal plant and steamfield.


Property, plant and equipment


$m

Generation

plant and

equipment

Other land,

buildings,

plant and

equipment

Capital

work in

progress

Leased

assets Total

Cost     

Balance at 1 July 20195,627111156605,954

Additions16463184

Transfers f rom capital work in progress184(22)– –

Disposals(3)– – – (3)

Balance at 30 June 2020 5,658 119 197 61 6,035

Additions 7 1 124 3 135

Acquisitions– 12 1 3 16

Transfers f rom capital work in progress53 – (53)– –

Disposals– – (2)– (2)

Balance at 30 June 20215,718132267676,184

Depreciation and impairment     

Balance at 1 July 2019(1,698)(98)(1)(31)(1,828)

Depreciation charge(177)(4)– (3)(184)

Disposals3 – – – 3

Balance at 30 June 2020(1,872)(102)(1)(34)(2,009)

Depreciation charge(200)(4)– (4)(208)

Acquisitions– (6)– – (6)

Disposals– – – – –

Balance at 30 June 2021(2,072)(112)(1)(38)(2,223)

Carrying value     

At 30 June 20203,78617196274,026

At 30 June 20213,64620266293,961

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

92

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

The useful economic life of certain Wairākei plant and steamfield assets

was reassessed during the reporting period ended 30 June 2021 to reflect

management's current best estimate that the existing Wairākei A&B stations

will be replaced around 2026. As a change in accounting estimate, this was

applied prospectively f rom 1 January 2021 and has resulted in a $12.9 million

increase in depreciation in the year ended 30 June 2021.

Intangible assets


$m

Computer

software and

capital work

in progress

Carbon

emission

unitsOther


Total

Cost    

Balance at 1 July 201946714– 481

Additions17151 33

Disposals(2)(26)– (28)

Balance at 30 June 202048231 486

Additions19 68 – 87

Acquisitions– – 8 8

Disposals– (47)– (47)

Balance at 30 June 2021501249 534

Amortisation

Balance at 1 July 2019(221)– – (221)

Amortisation charge(36)– – (36)

Disposals 1 – – 1

Balance at 30 June 2020(256)– – (256)

Amortisation charge(40)– (1)(41)

Balance at 30 June 2021(296)– (1)(297)

Carrying value    

At 30 June 202022631230

At 30 June 2021205248237

Current– 24– 24

Non-current205–8 213


Contact is in the process of completing a review of its software assets in light

of the IFRIC agenda decision Configuration or Customisation costs in a Cloud

Computing Arrangement (published in April 2021), which will be concluded

within its interim reporting for the six months ended 31 December 2021. Based on

the review completed to date, no material changes are expected to arise.

Capital commitments

At 30 June 2021, Contact was committed to $334 million of capital expenditure

(2020: $8 million) and $60 million of carbon-forward contracts (2020: $33 million),

of which $249 million is due within one year of balance date.

Cost

Contact capitalises the costs to purchase and bring assets into service. When

Contact develops an asset, employee time and other directly attributable costs are

capitalised and held as capital work in progress until the asset is commissioned.

Contact capitalises costs to obtain resource consents and to drill geothermal

exploration wells. These costs are expensed if the existing area of operations

that they relate to is unsuccessful or abandoned. All other geothermal

exploration costs are expensed.

Carbon emission units are purchased to offset our emissions under the


New Zealand Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS). The units are measured at

weighted average cost. They are classified as current assets when they will


be used to offset our ETS obligations at balance date or obligations expected

to be incurred within one year of balance date.

Depreciation and amortisation

The cost of Contact’s assets is spread evenly over their useful lives (straight

line method) or, for certain thermal assets, over the equivalent operating

hours (EOH) those assets are expected to be of benefit to Contact.

Management estimates an asset’s useful life or EOH and this is reviewed annually.

Land, capital work in progress and carbon emission units are not depreciated

or amortised. The depreciation and amortisation rates for all other assets are:

AssetRate/hours

Generation plant and equipment

Straight line 1 – 33%

Equivalent operating hours 40,000 – 100,000

Other buildings, plant and equipment 2 – 33%

Computer software 5 – 50%

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

93

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing

Contact has two cash-generating units (CGUs): Wholesale and Customer.

The Customer CGU includes goodwill of $179 million (2020: $179 million),

and the Wholesale CGU includes provisional goodwill of $41 million,

following the acquisition of Simply Energy Limited and Western Energy

Services Limited in the year. Capital work in progress (CWIP) includes


$223 million (2020: $140 million) related to future generation developments

not allocated to a CGU.

Further information on the acquisition of Simply Energy Limited and


Western Energy Services Limited is provided in note E11.

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is calculated as the higher of its

value in use and fair value less costs to sell. Every reporting period management

estimates the value in use expected to be recovered f rom Contact’s CGUs and

future generation development in CWIP. An impairment is recognised when

the value in use or fair value less costs to sell is lower than the carrying value.

Determining value in use involves estimating future cash flows for each CGU.

These cash flows are adjusted for future growth based on historical inflation

and discounted at a post-tax discount rate between 6 per cent and 7 per cent to

arrive at the present value, or value in use, of each CGU. The future generation

development is assessed separately, however, key inputs are the same as for

the Wholesale CGU plus an estimate of plant commissioning costs.

No impairments were recognised in the current or prior period.

The key inputs to CGU and future generation development cash flows, and

their method of determination, are:

Customer CGU

Post-tax discount rate and

inflation

External WACC report prepared by Cameron Partners

and implicit inflation rate.

Customer numbers and churnActual customer numbers adjusted for historical

churn data and expected market trends.

Margin per customerActual margin per customer adjusted for expected

market changes.

Estimated future capital

expenditure and operating costs

Budgeted capital and operating expenditure,

reflecting historical levels and known differences.

Cost of purchased energyASX future electricity prices adjusted for location and

seasonal shape.

Wholesale CGU and future generation development

Post-tax discount rate and

inflation

External WACC report prepared by Cameron Partners,

and implicit inflation rate.

Wholesale electricity price pathModelled wholesale prices based on ASX future

electricity prices adjusted for location and seasonal

shape, and price estimates based on an analysis of

expected demand and cost of new supply for periods

not quoted on the ASX market.

Generation volume and mixGeneration strategy based on expected demand,

hydro volumes and expected market pricing.

Estimated future capital

expenditure and operating costs

Budgeted capital and operating expenditure,

reflecting historical levels and known differences.

Gas priceContracted gas prices otherwise Contact’s best

estimate of future prices.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

94

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

Sensitivities

The calculation of the value in use for the CGUs is most sensitive to the inputs

for wholesale electricity prices and the post-tax discount rate.

Wholesale electricity prices are influenced by a number of factors that are

difficult to predict, in particular, weather, which can impact short-term prices.

Wholesale electricity prices may also be adversely affected by a reduction

in demand, the availability of fuel and generation capacity in the wholesale

electricity market, and competitor and transmission system availability.

The post-tax discount rate is an estimate of Contact’s weighted average cost

of capital and is influenced by a number of external factors such as the risk-

f ree rate and inflation.

The sensitivity of the valuation model to the wholesale electricity prices and

discount rate, where all other inputs remain constant, is as follows:

Significant unobservable inputsSensitivityImpact $m

Post-tax discount rate- 0.5%

+ 0.5%

+ 822

- 655

Wholesale electricity price path+ 10%

- 10%

+ 364

- 364


The value in use exceeded the carrying value for all sensitivities carried out.

There is interrelation between the key inputs in the valuation. Any changes

in the price path and post-tax discount rate would not occur in isolation and

would drive other changes which could also impact the value in use.

D. Our financial risks

Contact’s financial risk management system mitigates exposure to market,

liquidity and credit risks by ensuring that material risks are identified, the

financial impact is understood, and tools and limits are in place to manage

exposures. Written policies provide the f ramework for Contact’s financial risk

management system.

D1. Market risk

Interest rate risk

Contact has fixed and floating rate debt and is exposed to movements

in interest rates. For fixed rate debt the exposure is to falling interest rates,

as Contact could have secured that debt at lower rates, while for floating

rate debt there is uncertainty of future cash interest payments.

Contact manages these risks through the use of interest rate swaps (IRS)

and cross-currency interest rate swaps (CCIRS) to ensure that the total debt

portfolio has an appropriate amount of fixed and floating rate exposure.


The risk is monitored by assessing the notional amount of debt on a fixed

and floating basis and ensuring this is in accordance with set policies.

Foreign exchange risk

Contact is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates through its

commitments to pay certain suppliers and United States Private Placement

(USPP) note holders.

To mitigate this risk, forward foreign exchange contracts are used to fix future

cash flows in NZD terms. Foreign debt is hedged through the use of CCIRS,

which converts foreign currency principal and interest payments to NZD at


a fixed exchange rate.

Commodity price risk

Contact is exposed to electricity price risk through the sale and purchase of

electricity on the wholesale electricity market. Contact’s integrated Wholesale

and Customer businesses provide a natural hedge for most of this exposure.

Derivatives may be used to fix the price at which Contact buys or sells any residual

exposure to electricity price risks. In addition, Contact is party to a fixed-price

swaption to provide cover in extreme price situations.

Contact is also exposed to natural gas price risk on purchases of natural gas.

Short- and long-term gas purchase contracts are used to fix the price of gas.

These are not derivative financial instruments.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

95

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

Related to this, Contact is exposed to carbon price risk on its carbon

obligations. Spot purchases, forward purchases and auction participation

are used to manage the price risk relating to carbon.

Summary of derivative financial instruments

A summary of the exposures f rom derivatives and the impact on Contact’s

financial position is provided below, grouped by type of hedge relationship.

Fair value

hedge

Cash flow

and fair value

hedgeCash flow hedge

No hedge

relationship

$m

2021IRSCCIRSIRS

Electricity

price

derivatives

Foreign

exchange

contracts

Electricity

price

derivatives

1

Total

Notional amount of derivatives1883768006,160 GWh1791,220 GWh

Maturity years2021 – 20242023 – 20282021 – 20272021 – 20252021 – 20262021 – 2024

Average rate/price

2

1.7%2.5%/0.75USD

3

3.2%$83/MWhVarious

4

$128/MWh

Carrying value of derivatives – asset 5 59 5 32 3 22 126

Carrying value of derivatives – liability

5

– (5) (53) (93) (2) (24) (176)

Carrying value of hedged borrowings 192 436 – – – – 628

Fair value adjustments to borrowings (5) (59) – – – – (64)

2020

Notional amount of derivatives1884476605,247 GWh 9 385 GWh

Maturity years2021 – 20242020 – 20282020 – 20262020 – 20242020 – 20222020 – 2023

Average rate/price

2

1.7%2.4%/0.76USD3.9%$70/MWh 0.76USD $96/MWh

Carrying value of derivatives – asset 12 131 – 8 – 5 156

Carrying value of derivatives – liability

5

– (1) (90) (33) – (3) (127)

Carrying value of hedged borrowings 199 578 – – – – 777

Fair value adjustments to borrowings (12) (132) – – – – (144)

1 Notionals, maturities and average prices for electricity price hedges not in hedge relationships do not include options not yet called.

2 Average interest rates for IRS and CCIRS are based on their pay legs. For pay-float swaps (CCIRS and IRS in fair value hedges), the rate comprises the floating base rate plus the margin.

3 The NZD/USD closing spot rate at 30 June 2021 was 0.70 (2020 – 0.65)

4 Average exchange rates include 0.92 AUD, 0.58 EUR, 0.71 USD and 75.56 JPY.

5 The CCIRS liability arises f rom the cash flow hedge component.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

96

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

The change in fair value of derivatives recognised in the Statement of

Comprehensive Income is provided below, grouped by type of hedge

relationship. Further information on hedging activities and fair value


of derivatives is provided in notes E7 and E8.


Fair value

hedge

Cash flow

and fair value

hedgeCash flow hedge

No hedge

relationship

$m

2021IRSCCIRSIRS

Electricity

price

derivatives

Foreign

exchange

contracts

Electricity

price

derivatives Total

Change in fair value recognised in profit/(loss)

• Hedge ineffectiveness – – 8 – – – 8

• Hedge effectiveness (7) (73) – – – – (80)

• Non-hedge movements – – – – – (1) (1)

• Fair value adjustments to hedged borrowings 7 73 – – – – 80

Total change in fair value of financial instruments – – 8 – – (1) 7

Hedge effectiveness recognised in OCI – (3) 27 (61) 1 (37)

Amounts reclassified to profit/(loss) – – 7 25 – – 32

2020

Change in fair value recognised in profit/(loss)

• Hedge ineffectiveness – – 2 – – – 2

• Hedge effectiveness 4 54 – – – – 58

• Non-hedge movements – – – – – (2) (2)

• Fair value adjustments to hedged borrowings (4) (54) – – – – (58)

Total change in fair value of financial instruments – – 2 – – (2) –

Hedge effectiveness recognised in OCI – 2 (20) (19)– – (37)

Amounts reclassified to profit/(loss) – – 5 19 – – 24

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

97

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

Sensitivities

The graph (right) summarises the impact on

derivative valuations of possible changes in


forward wholesale electricity prices and forward

interest rates. The analysis assumes that all


variables were held constant except for the

relevant market risk factor.








D2. Liquidity risk

To manage liquidity risk, Contact maintains a diverse

portfolio of funding, debt maturities are spread

over a number of years, and any new financing or

refinancing requirements are addressed with an

appropriate lead time. Contact maintains a buffer

of undrawn bank facilities over its forecast funding

requirements to enable it to meet any unforeseen

cash flows.

Management monitors the available liquidity buffer

by comparing forecast cash flows to available

facilities to ensure sufficient liquidity is maintained

in accordance with internal limits.

Information on contracted cash flows in the table

below is presented on an undiscounted basis.

CCIRS cash flows are included within Borrowings

in the table (right). US dollar inflows on the CCIRS

offset the US dollar outflows on the USPP notes.

Hedging impact on post-tax profit/(loss)

2021 Forward electricity prices (+/-10%)

2020 Forward electricity prices (+/-10%)

2021 Forward interest rates (+100/-25bps)

2020 Forward interest rates (+100/-25bps)

Increase in rate/price Decrease in rate/price

$m (Unfavourable)$m Favourable

(20)(30)(25)(15)(10)(5)051015202530

Hedging impact on CFHR

2021 Forward electricity prices (+/-10%)

2020 Forward electricity prices (+/-10%)

2021 Forward interest rates (+100/-25bps)

2020 Forward interest rates (+100/-25bps)

$m

Total

contractual

cash flows

Less than

1 year1–2 years2–5 years

More than

5 years

2021

Trade and other payables(197)(197) – – –

Borrowings(911)(193)(139)(463)(116)

Electricity price derivatives – net settled(64)(27)(23)(14)–

IRS – net settled3(8)(3)131

Foreign exchange derivatives – inflow178937411–

Foreign exchange derivatives – outflow(180)(93)(75)(12)–

 (1,171)(425)(166)(465)(115)

2020     

Trade and other payables(163)(163) – – –

Borrowings(1,226)(303)(195)(448)(280)

Electricity price derivatives – net settled(39)(29)(6)(4) –

IRS – net settled(20)(10)(6)(4) –

Foreign exchange derivatives – inflow66 – – –

Foreign exchange derivatives – outflow(6)(6) – – –

 (1,448)(505)(207)(456)(280)

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

98

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

D3. Credit risk

Total credit risk exposure is measured by the financial instruments in an asset

position of $476 million (2020: $374 million). To minimise credit risk exposure,

Contact has a policy to only transact with creditworthy counterparties and


do not exceed internally imposed exposure limits to any one counterparty.

Where appropriate, collateral is obtained. Further information on customer-

related credit risk is provided in note E4.

E. Other disclosures

E1. Tax

Tax expense is made up of current tax expense and deferred tax expense.

Current tax expense relates to the current financial reporting period while

deferred tax will be payable in future periods.

Tax is recognised in profit, except when it relates to items recognised directly

in OCI.

$m20212020

Profit before tax261171

Tax at 28%(73)(48)

Tax effect of adjustments:

• Prior period adjustments – (1)

• Reinstatement of tax depreciation on buildings – 5

• Other(1)(2)

Tax expense – continuing operations(74)(46)

Current(91)(67)

Deferred 1721

Contact’s deferred tax liability is calculated as the difference between the

carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the

values used for taxation purposes.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

99

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

$m

PP&E and

intangible

assets

Derivative

financial

instrumentsOtherTotal

Balance at 1 July 2019(728)3022(676)

Recognised in profit/(loss)16 – 521

Recognised in OCI – 4 – 4

Recognised in other reserves – – (2)(2)

Balance at 30 June 2020(712)3425(653)

Recognised in profit/(loss)16(2)317

Recognised in balance sheet(1)–(1)(2)

Recognised in OCI –2–2

Recognised in other reserves––11

Balance at 30 June 2021(697)3428(635)

E2. Operating expenses

Other operating expenses (note A2) include total labour costs of $111 million

(2020: $99 million). Labour costs include contributions to KiwiSaver of $3 million

(2020: $3 million).

Audit fees paid to Contact’s auditor (KPMG) amounted to $541,000 for review


of the interim, and audit of the year end, financial statements (2020: $560,000).

Other fees paid to the auditor were $53,750 for other assurance work (2020:

$44,500), and $3,500 for supervisor reporting (2020: $3,500). Other assurance

work relates to review of greenhouse gas emissions reporting, Global

Reporting Initiative indicators and our Green Borrowing Programme.

E3. Inventory

Contact’s inventories comprise gas in storage for use in thermal generation,

consumables and spare parts for power stations, and diesel fuel for use in the

Whirinaki power plant. Inventory gas is measured at weighted average cost.

All other inventories are stated at cost.

$m20212020

Inventory gas5641

Consumables and spare parts1011

Diesel fuel34

 6956

E4. Trade and other receivables

$m20212020

Trade receivables 168 102

Unbilled receivables 76 75

Provision for impairment(2)(3)

Net trade receivables242174

Contract assets913

Prepayments44

 255191

Trade and unbilled receivables are recognised net of discounts based on past

experience of the amount of discounts taken up by customers.

Unbilled receivables represent Contact’s best estimate of unbilled retail sales

at the end of the reporting period. The estimate uses smart meter data to

determine the relevant unbilled amount for the period. Consumption history

is used if smart meter data is not available.

As a high proportion of the data now reflects actual usage recorded by smart

meters, unbilled receivables is no longer considered to be an area of higher

estimation or judgement within the financial statements.

Ageing of trade receivables past due but not impaired are:

$m20212020

Less than one month 129

Greater than one month42

 1611

When Contact has been unable to collect amounts due f rom customers

those debts are written off. Trade receivables, net of recoveries, of $1 million

(2020: $3 million) were written off during the reporting period.

Contract assets

Contact capitalises the incremental costs incurred to acquire new customers

and amortises these costs to operating expenses over the expected life of the

customer relationship. Incentives given to customers are also capitalised as a

contract asset and amortised to revenue over a period of one to three years.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

100

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

$m20212020

Opening balance1316

Additions88

Amortised to revenue(10)(8)

Amortised to operating expenses(2)(3)

Closing balance913


Of the total contract assets balance, $7 million (2020: $9 million) is expected to

be amortised within one year of the reporting period end and the remainder

between one to three years of the reporting period end.

E5. Provisions

Contact recognises restoration and environmental rehabilitation provisions for

the expected costs to abandon and restore geothermal wells and generation

sites and to remove asbestos f rom properties.

Other provisions includes $7 million for remediation of the Holidays Act non-

compliance (2020: $5 million) and $8 million for Simply Energy performance

payments (2020: nil).

The restoration provision was reduced by $16 million in the year ended


30 June 2021 due to a lower estimated future cost to abandon and restore

wells. The lower cost estimate results f rom the acquisition of Western Energy

Services Limited, who provide well abandonment and restoration services.

$m

Restoration/

environmental

rehabilitation


Other


Total

Balance at 1 July 2020(59)(9)(68)

Created(5)(15)(20)

Released16–16

Utilised3–3

Unwind of discount(5)–(5)

Balance at 30 June 2021(50)(24)(74)

Current(4)(19)(23)

Non-current(46)(5)(51)

These provisions are based on estimates of future cash flows to make good

the affected sites at the end of the assets’ useful lives. The expected future

cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount


rate equivalent to a post-tax rate of between 6 per cent and 7 per cent.

E6. Profit to operating cash flows

A reconciliation of profit to operating cash flows is provided below.

$m20212020

Profit187125

Depreciation and amortisation249220

Amortisation of contract assets1111

Change in fair value of financial instruments (7) –

Movement in provisions210

Deferred finance costs11

Bad debt expense25

Share-based compensation23

Share of profit/loss in joint venture/associate1 –

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of non-cash,

investing and financing activities

Trade and other receivables(68)(8)

Inventories and intangible assets(35)(3)

Trade and other payables921

Tax payable 11(6)

Deferred tax(16)(18)

Operating cash flows432341

E7. Hedging activities

Contact has designated derivatives used to manage market risks into fair

value and cash flow hedge relationships. A hedge ratio of 1:1 is applied for

all hedge relationships, as the notional value of the derivative matches the

notional value of the hedged item.

Fair value hedges

Interest rate risk

The derivatives (IRS) Contact uses to manage its interest rate risk meet the criteria


for hedge accounting where they directly relate to issued debt. The hedge is

against future fair value movements in the debt and can be for a portion of the

debt. Contact has designated $188 million of retail bonds into fair value hedge

relationships with receive-fixed, pay-floating IRS. The fixed interest rates and

other terms match the relevant bond to create an economic relationship.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

101

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

The bonds are recognised at amortised cost. Both the hedged risk and the

hedging instrument (IRS) are recognised at fair value. The change in the fair

value of both items is recognised in profit/(loss) and will offset to the extent the

hedging relationship is effective. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.

Cash flow hedges

The derivatives Contact uses to manage exposure to wholesale electricity

prices, floating interest rate risk and foreign exchange rates usually qualify

for cash flow hedge accounting. For cash flow hedges, only the derivative

is recognised at fair value with the effective portion of all changes in fair

value recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve. Any ineffective portion is

recognised immediately in profit/(loss). Amounts recognised in the cash flow

hedge reserve are reclassified to profit/(loss) or the Statement of Financial

Position according to the nature of the hedged item.

The movement in hedge reserves is reconciled below.

$mNote 20212020

Opening balance (49)(39)

Effective portion of cash flow hedges

D1

(37)(37)

Transferred to revenue 3323

Transferred to deferred tax 24

Closing balance (51)(49)

Included in the closing balance at 30 June 2021 is $3 million relating to the

cost of hedging reserve (2020: $2 million).

Commodity price risk

Contact designates forecast electricity sales and purchases into cash flow

hedges with electricity price derivatives. Volumes are matched to create an

economic relationship. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.

Interest rate risk

Contact designates a certain level of its floating rate exposure into cash flow

hedges with receive-floating, pay-fixed IRS in line with set internal policies.

An economic relationship exists between the floating rate exposure and the

IRS based on the reference interest rate. Ineffectiveness arises due to IRS that

have been designated into hedge relationships part way through their term.

These IRS were designated on 1 July 2018 on adoption of NZ IFRS 9.

Combined fair value and cash flow hedges

Contact has designated all its USPP notes into both fair value and cash flow

hedge relationships with CCIRS, depending on the component of the USPP

note being hedged:

• For the fair value hedges the change in fair value of the USPP note is

recognised in profit/(loss) to offset the change in fair value of the relevant

CCIRS component.

• For the cash flow hedges the change in fair value of the CCIRS component

is recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve.

• The cost to convert foreign currency cash flows under CCIRS is excluded

f rom the hedge relationship and recognised in the cost of hedging reserve.

An economic relationship exists based on the reference interest rates, exchange

rate and other terms. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.

Derivatives not in hedge relationships

These are electricity price derivatives purchased and sold as part of a

requirement to participate in the ASX futures electricity market, electricity

derivatives entered into for profit making, financial transmission rights and

electricity price options. All changes in fair value of these derivatives are

recognised directly in profit/(loss).

E8. Financial instruments at fair value

Fair value

Contact uses discounted cash flow valuations with market observable data, to

the extent that it is available, in estimating the fair value of all derivatives and

borrowings. The key variables used in these valuations are forward prices (for

the relevant underlying interest rates, foreign exchange rates and wholesale

electricity prices) and discount rates (based on the forward IRS curve adjusted

for counterparty risk).

All inputs are sourced or derived f rom market information except for forward

wholesale electricity prices which are:

• derived f rom ASX market quoted prices adjusted for Contact’s estimate

of the effect of location and seasonality, or

• when quoted prices are not available or relevant (i.e. long-dated and large

contracts), Contact’s best estimate of the cost of new supply is used. This is

derived using key unobservable inputs, relevant wholesale market factors


and management judgement.

Additional key inputs and assumptions used to determine the fair value


of electricity derivatives include Contact’s best estimate of volumes called

over the life of electricity options and forward-quoted commodity prices

(e.g. adjustments as a consequence of initial recognition differences).

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

102

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

The following table provides a breakdown of the fair value of derivatives

by the source of key valuation inputs:

$m20212020

Sourced f rom market data(20)(15)

Derived f rom market data1255

Electricity price estimates(42)(11)

 (50)29


The electricity price derivatives most affected by estimates are reconciled

below:

$m20212020

Opening balance(11)(23)

Gain/(loss) in profit/(loss):

• wholesale electricity revenue1013

Gain/(loss) in OCI(4)(3)

Instruments issued (37) 2

Closing balance(42)(11)

For these derivatives a 10 per cent increase in the electricity price would result

in an unfavourable movement in fair value of $20 million (2020: $33 million)


and a 10 per cent decrease would result in a favourable movement in fair value

of $21 million (2020: $29 million).

Initial recognition difference

An initial recognition difference arises when the fair value of a derivative at

inception differs f rom its transaction price. The difference is accounted for

by recalibrating the fair value by a fixed percentage to arrive at a value at

inception equal to the transaction price.

The calibration adjustment is applied to future valuations and reflects


the estimated future gains or losses yet to be recognised in the Statement

of comprehensive income over the remaining life of the agreement.

The change in calibration adjustment is provided in the table below:

$m20212020

Opening difference6(1)

Initial differences in new hedges(5) 7

Volumes expired and amortised(2)4

Changes for future prices and time(1)(4)

Closing difference(2)6

E9. Financial instruments at amortised cost

The value of financial instruments carried at amortised cost is provided in the

table below.

$m20212020

Cash and cash equivalents15044

Trade and other receivables207174

Trade and other payables(197)(163)

Borrowings (792)(1,054)

The fair value of borrowings is $852 million (2020: $1,215 million). This fair value

is derived f rom market data.

E10. Share-based compensation

Equity Scheme

Contact provides an equity award to certain eligible employees made up of

options, performance share rights (PSRs) and deferred share rights (DSRs).


If performance hurdles are met, or there is a company change in control, the

awards vest and become exercisable. On exercise, PSRs and DSRs convert to

ordinary shares at no cost to the employee and options convert on payment

of the agreed exercise price or by utilising the option of a facility which

cancels the options in return for an equivalent value in issued shares. There

are no loans available. There are no holding/retention periods or ownership

requirements for employees who exercise equity rights. The awards lapse if

the performance hurdles are not met, if they are not exercised by the lapse

date or if an employee voluntarily leaves Contact. The scheme continues on

redundancy but the entitlements are adjusted.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

103

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

The table below provides a reconciliation of the number of outstanding

options and their weighted average exercise price.

 Options

 

Number

outstandingPrice

Balance at 1 July 20192,620,181$5.17

Exercised(1,110,849)$4.94

Lapsed(9,678)$5.54

Balance at 30 June 20201,499,654$5.33

Exercised – –

Lapsed(555,559)$4.97

Balance at 30 June 2021944,095$5.54


At 30 June 2021, no share options were exercisable.

The table below provides a reconciliation for the number of outstanding PSRs

and DSRs. The exercise price of these awards is nil.

Number outstandingPSRsDSRs

Balance at 1 July 2019791,8411,030,898

Granted154,164244,404

Exercised(314,638)(581,968)

Lapsed(44,852)(23,155)

Balance at 30 June 2020586,515670,179

Granted228,761301,355

Exercised – (434,021)

Lapsed(151,518)(33,141)

Balance at 30 June 2021663,758504,372


Share options had a weighted average remaining life of 5 months

(2020: 1 year and 1 month), PSRs had 1 year and 11 months (2020: 1 year

and 11 months) and DSRs had 11 months (2020: 9 months).

Contact Share

Contact Share is Contact’s employee share ownership plan that enables

eligible employees to acquire a set number of Contact’s ordinary shares.


The shares are acquired on market and legally held by a trustee company

for a restrictive period of three years, during which time the employee is

entitled to receive distributions and direct the exercise of voting rights that

attach to shares held on their behalf.

At the end of the restrictive period the shares are transferred to the employee.

Employees who leave Contact due to redundancy, and in certain other

circumstances, may have their shares transferred at that time; all other

employees who leave Contact have their shares transferred to an unallocated

pool. Shares in the unallocated pool can be used by the trustee company for

future allocations under Contact Share.

Number outstandingContact Share

Balance at 1 July 2019319,841

Shares purchased and issued61,015

Transferred to employees(102,701)

Balance at 30 June 2020278,155

Shares purchased and issued87,741

Transferred to employees(98,234)

Balance at 30 June 2021267,662


These shares have a weighted average remaining life of 1 year and 4 months

(2020: 1 year and 2 months).

Share-based compensation reserve

The movement in the share-based compensation reserve is reconciled below:

$mNote 20212020

Opening balance 810

Exercised share scheme awards  (4)(6)

Share-based compensation expense  34

Current tax on share scheme  – 2

Deferred tax on share scheme

E1

1 (2)

Closing balance 88

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

104

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

The share-based compensation expense is based on the fair value of the

awards granted, adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest.

The air values of awards granted during the reporting period are:


Key inputs in determining the fair values are:

 20212020

Risk-f ree interest rate0.1%1%

Expected dividend yield6%7%

Expected share price volatility25%18%

E11. Related parties

Simply Energy Limited

Simply Energy Limited (Simply) is based in Wellington, New Zealand

and provides energy solutions to independent generators, retailers and

commercial energy users.

Contact Energy Limited increased its shareholding in Simply to 100 per cent

on 31 August 2020, as part of its efforts to accelerate decarbonisation and

provide commercial and industrial customers with valuable, innovative energy

solutions. From this date, Simply became a subsidiary of Contact with its

results consolidated into the group.

In addition to the remaining $2 million payable for the initial 49.9 per cent

shareholding, $7 million is to be paid over the next 18 months. This will be

followed by a variable performance-based payment in December 2022 that

is linked to decarbonisation and earnings targets. Contact has recorded a

provision of $8 million for the performance payment reflecting its fair value

(possible range of $nil to $15 million).

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

The table below summarises the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities

assumed at the date of acquisition.

$m2021

Cash and cash equivalents 1

Derivatives – asset 2

Receivables and prepayments 5

Property, plant and equipment 2

Inangible assets 8

Payables and accruals(5)

Derivatives – liability(2)

Deferred tax(2)

Total identifiable net assets acquired 8


Goodwill

The fair value of the existing investment and purchase consideration, less the

fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is reconciled below.

$m2021

Consideration for option to acquire15

Fair value of existing investment 10

Fair value of identifiable net assets(8)

Goodwill17


The goodwill is attributable mainly to the capabilities that Simply provides

and the synergies expected to be achieved f rom integrating Contact’s C&I

business with Simply’s innovative technology, data solutions and agile

customer engagement platform. None of the goodwill recognised is expected

to be deductible for tax purposes.

Western Energy Services Limited

On 31 March 2021, Contact Energy Limited acquired a 100 per cent

shareholding in Western Energy Services Limited (Western) for a purchase

price of $32 million. On that date, Western became a subsidiary as Contact

gained a controlling interest in the company.

0

1

2

3

4

5

7

6

8

9

DSRsContact SharePSRs

2021

2020

$ per

share

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

105

Notes to the financial statements


for the year ended 30 June 2021

Western is based in Taupō, New Zealand and provides geothermal well

services domestically and internationally. Working closely with Western allows

Contact to add to our geothermal capability and continue to be innovative in

geothermal technology development.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

The table below summarises the provisional fair value of the assets acquired

and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.

$m2021

Receivables and prepayments 3

Property, plant and equipment 8

Payables and accruals(2)

Total identifiable net assets acquired 8


Goodwill

The fair value of the purchase consideration less the fair value of the net

identifiable assets acquired has been provisionally recorded below.

$m2021

Consideration32

Fair value of identifiable net assets(8)

Provisional goodwill24



The goodwill is attributable mainly to synergies expected to be achieved

f rom integrating Western’s innovative geothermal technology and service

techniques, along with conventional well services, into Contact’s existing

steamfield operations. None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be

deductible for tax purposes.

The purchase price allocation for Western will be finalised within 12 months


of the acquisition date, which may result in the allocation of a proportion

of provisional Goodwill to identifiable intangible assets such as brand and

intellectual property.

Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership

Contact owns a 16.5 per cent share of Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership

(Drylandcarbon) and at 30 June 2021 is committed to invest up to $9 million


over the next three years. Drylandcarbon is based in Wellington, New Zealand

and is focused on long-term carbon farming and afforestation on economically

marginal land in New Zealand, which will offset some of Contact’s carbon

obligations.

Drylandcarbon is accounted for as an associate, as Contact has significant

influence through its participation in Drylandcarbon’s financial and operating

policy decisions being equivalent to the other three foundational investors.

Contact applies the equity method of accounting for its investment in

Drylandcarbon. The initial investments are recognised at cost and are

subsequently adjusted for Contact’s share of the entity’s profits or losses.

Related party transactions

Contact’s related parties also include its directors and leadership team (LT).

Transactions with Simply up until acquisition date are disclosed below.

Received/(paid) $m20212020

Simply Energy Limited

Electricity contracts12

Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership  

Capital contributions(7)(4)

Key management personnel

Directors’ fees(1)(1)

LT – salary and other short-term benefits(5)(5)

LT – share-based compensation expense(1)(2)

Balances payable at end of the year  

Key management personnel(2)–



Members of the leadership team and directors purchase goods and services

f rom Contact for domestic purposes on normal commercial terms and

conditions. For members of the leadership team this includes staff discount

available to all eligible employees.

E12. New accounting standards

There are no new accounting standards issued but not yet effective which

materially impact Contact.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

106

Combined Independent Auditor’s

and Limited Assurance Report

General

Our assurance procedures consisted of the audit of the Consolidated

Financial Statements of Contact Energy Limited and limited assurance

procedures in relation to Contact Energy Limited’s selected Global Reporting

Initiative (‘GRI’) indicators within Contact Energy Limited’s Annual Report.

Our scope can be summarised as follows:

Consolidated Financial Statements

Audit Scope

Reasonable assurance

Selected GRI Indicators

Assurance Scope

Limited assurance

Other Information in Contact Energy Limited’s Annual Report

Consider consistency with Consolidated Financial Statements

No assurance


Independent Auditor’s Report

To the shareholders of Contact Energy Limited

Report on the audit of the consolidated financial statements

Opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying

consolidated financial statements

of Contact Energy Limited (the

’company’), the entities over which

it has control and its investment in

associate (the ‘group’) on pages 81 to 105:

• present fairly in all material respects

the Group’s financial position as

at 30 June 2021 and its financial

performance and cash flows for the

year ended on that date; and

• comply with New Zealand Equivalents

to International Financial Reporting

Standards and International Financial

Reporting Standards.

We have audited the accompanying

consolidated financial statements

which comprise:

• the consolidated statement of

financial position as at 30 June 2021;

• the consolidated statements of

comprehensive income, changes in

equity and cash flows for the year

then ended; and

• notes, including a summary of

significant accounting policies and

other explanatory information.


Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on

Auditing (New Zealand) (‘ISAs (NZ)’). We believe that the audit evidence we

have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

We are independent of the group in accordance with Professional and

Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners

(including International Independence Standards) issued by the New Zealand


Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the International Ethics

Standards Board for Accountants’ International Code of Ethics for Professional


Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (‘IESBA Code’),

and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with

these requirements and the IESBA Code.

Our responsibilities under ISAs (NZ) are further described in the auditor’s

responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements section

of our report.

Please refer to the section of our report entitled “Our independence and

quality control” below for detail of the other services we have provided to


the group.

Scoping

The scope of our audit is designed to ensure that we perform adequate work to

be able to give an opinion on the consolidated financial statements as a whole,

taking into account the structure of the group, the financial reporting systems,

processes and controls, and the industry in which it operates. The context for our

audit is set by the group’s major activities being wholesale electricity generation

and an electricity retailer in the financial year ended 30 June 2021.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality.

Materiality helped us to determine the nature, timing and extent of our audit

procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually

and on the consolidated financial statements as a whole. The materiality

for the consolidated financial statements as a whole was set at $10 million

determined with reference to a benchmark of group profit before tax.


We chose the benchmark because, in our view, this is a key measure of

the group’s performance.

Independent Auditor’s report

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

107

Independent Auditor’s report

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement,

were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial

statements in the current period. We summarise below those matters

and our key audit procedures to address those matters in order that the

shareholders as a body may better understand the process by which

we arrived at our audit opinion. Our procedures were undertaken in the

context of and solely for the purpose of our statutory audit opinion on the

consolidated financial statements as a whole and we do not express discrete

opinions on separate elements of the consolidated financial statements.



The key audit matterHow the matter was addressed in our audit

Future generation capital work in progress – Note C1 and C2 of the financial

statements

We considered the

recoverability of capital work in

progress, with a particular focus

on the Tauhara geothermal

project which is currently in

development.

We consider this a key audit

matter due to the recoverability

assessment being based on

Management’s intention for

continued investment in the

project; the impact of future

developments in the electricity

generation sector and the level

of judgement involved in the

assumptions modelled.

We satisfied ourselves that the recoverability

of Tauhara related capital work in progress was

supported by appropriate project plans, construction

contracts and modelled future cash flows at year end.

We considered Contact’s generation asset portfolio

strategy and known third-party future generation

developments and the potential impact of these on

the Tauhara project as well as the wholesale

generation market as a whole.

We tested the significant judgements in the Tauhara

project modelled cash flows by comparing:

• Forward electricity prices to external market data;

• Future generation volumes, operating costs

and asset renewal costs to budgets and signed

construction contracts; and

• The model’s discount rates to our own

independently determined rates.

We challenged the assumptions by performing

a sensitivity analysis, considering a range of likely

outcomes.

The key audit matterHow the matter was addressed in our audit

Carrying value of cash-generating units – Note C1 and C2 of the financial statements

The Group separates its business

into two cash-generating units

(CGUs) for the purpose of asset

impairment testing. The value

of each CGU, including any

allocated goodwill, is supported

by a discounted cash flow model

which is inherently subjective.

In terms of the Wholesale CGU

we focus on the generation

assets due to the significance

of the assets relative to the

Group’s financial position and

goodwill related to recent

acquisitions.

Our focus for the customer

CGU is the valuation of goodwill

of $179 million.

The key judgements in

determining the CGUs’ value

in use are: forward electricity

prices, future generation

volumes, customer transfer

price and margin, forecast

operating and asset costs, the

terminal growth rate and the

discount rate applied to the

future cash flows.

Our work to assess whether the Group should

recognise any impairment to the CGUs included

ensuring the methodology adopted in the model

is consistent with accepted valuation approaches.

We also assessed whether the modelled cash flows

appropriately reflect the Group’s strategy and budget.

We tested the significant judgements in the

modelled cash flows by comparing:

• forward electricity prices to external market

projections;

• future generation volumes to historical volumes;

• Customer transfer price and margin to budget and

historic data;

• operating costs and asset renewal costs to historical

levels and budgets; and

• the modelled terminal growth and discount rates

to our own independently determined rates.

We challenged the assumptions by performing

a sensitivity analysis, considering a range of likely

outcomes based on various scenarios. We are satisfied

that the key assumptions are within acceptable

ranges and in line with current market view.

As an overall test we compared the market-based

enterprise value of $7.2 billion to the Group’s

carrying value at 30 June 2021 of $4.1 billion.


Other information

The Directors, on behalf of the group, are responsible for the other information

included in the entity’s Annual Report. Other information includes Key

activity this year, Who we are, Creating value, Strategic themes, Strategic

enablers, Governance matters and Additional disclosures. Our opinion on


the consolidated financial statements does not cover any other information

and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements our

responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider

whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated

financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise

appears materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed,


we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information,

we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

108

Independent Auditor’s report

Use of this independent auditor’s report

This independent auditor’s report is made solely to the shareholders as

a body. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to

the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in the

independent auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent

permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone

other than the shareholders as a body for our audit work, this independent

auditor’s report, or any of the opinions we have formed.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the consolidated

financial statements

The Directors, on behalf of the company, are responsible for:

• the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial

statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice in

New Zealand (being New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial

Reporting Standards) and International Financial Reporting Standards;

• implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of

a consolidated set of financial statements that is fairly presented and

f ree f rom material misstatement, whether due to f raud or error; and

• assessing the ability to continue as a going concern. This includes

disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the

going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate


or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated

financial statements

Our objective is:

• to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial

statements as a whole are f ree f rom material misstatement, whether due

to f raud or error; and

• to issue an independent auditor’s report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee

that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (NZ) will always detect a

material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise f rom f raud or error. They are considered material

if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected

to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these

consolidated financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of these consolidated

financial statements is located at the External Reporting Board (XRB) website at:


http://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-practitioners/auditors-

responsibilities/audit-report-1/

This description forms part of our independent auditor’s report.

Independent limited assurance report on the selected GRI

Indicators included in the Annual Report

To the Directors of Contact Energy Limited

Conclusion

Our limited assurance conclusion has been formed on the basis of the matters

outlined in this report.

Based on our limited assurance engagement, nothing has come to our attention

that would lead us to believe that the selected Global Reporting Initiative (‘GRI’)

indicators of Contact Energy Limited (the ‘company’) within the Annual Report have

not, in all material respects, been prepared in accordance with the Global Reporting

Initiative Standards ('GRI Standards'), for the period 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2021.


Basis for conclusion

We have performed an engagement to provide limited assurance in relation

to whether anything has come to our attention to indicate the selected GRI

indicators have not been prepared in all material respects in accordance with

the GRI Standards for the year ended 30 June 2021.

The selected GRI indicators covered by this assurance report include:

102-8 Employee statistics (page 73–74)

303-3 Total water withdrawal by source (page 42)

303-4 Total water discharge by destination (page 42)

303-5 Total water consumption (page 42)

304-3 Habitats protected or restored (page 76)

403-9 Work-related injuries (page 71)

405-1 Gender, age and ethnicity statistics (page 73–74)

413-1 Community engagement and development (page 38)

308-2 Negative environmental impacts in the supply chain and actions

taken (page 71)

414-2 Negative social impacts in the supply chain and actions taken (page 71)

307-1 Non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations (page 38)

419-1 Non-compliance with laws and regulations in the social and economic

area (page 49)

418-1 Substantiated complaints concerning breaches of customer privacy

and losses of customer data (page 75)

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

109

Independent Auditor’s report

We conducted our limited assurance engagement in accordance with

International Standard on Assurance Engagements (New Zealand) 3000

(Revised) Assurance Engagements other than audits or reviews of historical

financial information and Standard on Assurance Engagements SAE 3100

(Revised) Assurance Engagements on Compliance. We believe that the

evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis


for our conclusion. In accordance with those standards we have:

• used our professional judgement to plan and perform the engagement to

obtain limited assurance that the information subject to assurance is f ree

f rom material non-compliance, whether due to f raud or error;

• considered relevant internal controls when designing our assurance

procedures, however we do not express a conclusion on the effectiveness


of these controls; and

• ensured that the engagement team possess the appropriate knowledge,

skills and professional competencies.

Use of this limited assurance report

Our report should not be regarded as suitable to be used or relied on by

any parties other than Contact Energy Limited for any purpose or in any

context. Any party other than Contact Energy Limited who obtains access

to our report or a copy thereof and chooses to rely on our report (or any part

thereof) will do so at its own risk.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, we accept or assume no responsibility

and deny any liability to any party other than Contact Energy Limited for our

work, for this independent limited assurance report, or for the conclusions

we have reached.

Management’s responsibility for the GRI indicators

Management of the company are responsible for the preparation and

fair presentation of the selected GRI indicators in all material respects in

accordance with the GRI standards, and the information and assertions

contained within the Annual Report.

This responsibility includes determining the company’s objectives in respect

of sustainable development performance and reporting, including the

identification of stakeholders and material issues, and for establishing and

maintaining appropriate performance management and internal control

systems f rom which the reported performance information is derived.

Management is responsible for preventing and detecting f raud and

for identifying and ensuring that the company complies with laws and

regulations applicable to its activities.

Management is also responsible for ensuring that staff involved with the

preparation and presentation of the GRI indicators are properly trained,

information systems are properly updated and that any changes in reporting

encompass all significant business units.

Our responsibility

Our responsibility is to express a conclusion to the directors on whether

anything has come to our attention that the selected GRI indicators of

Contact Energy Limited have not, in all material respects, been prepared


in accordance with the GRI standards for the year ending 30 June 2021.

Procedures performed

A limited assurance engagement consists of making inquiries, primarily

of persons responsible for the preparation of information presented in

the selected GRI indicators, and applying analytical and other evidence

gathering procedures, as appropriate. These procedures included:

• Inquiries of management to gain an understanding of Contact Energy

Limited’s processes for determining the material issues for Contact Energy

Limited’s key stakeholder groups;

• Interviews with senior management and relevant staff concerning

sustainability strategy and policies for material issues, and the

implementation of these across the business;

• Interviews with relevant staff responsible for providing the information

in the selected GRI indicators;

• Comparing the information presented in the selected GRI indicators to

corresponding information in the relevant underlying sources to determine

whether all the relevant information contained in such underlying sources

has been included in the GRI indicators; and

• Reading the information presented in the selected GRI indicators

to determine whether it is in line with our overall knowledge of, and

experience with, the sustainability performance of Contact Energy Limited.

The procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary


in nature and timing f rom, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable

assurance engagement, and consequently the level of assurance obtained

in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance

that would have been obtained has a reasonable assurance engagement

been performed.

Due to the inherent limitations of any internal control structure it is possible

that errors or irregularities in the information presented in the GRI indicators

may occur and not be detected. Our engagement is not designed to detect

all weaknesses in the internal controls over the preparation and presentation

of the GRI indicators, as the engagement has not been performed continuously

throughout the period and the procedures performed were undertaken on a

test basis.

Contact
INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

110

Our independence and quality control

We have complied with the independence and other ethical requirements

of Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for

Assurance Practitioners (Including International Independence Standards)

(New Zealand) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards

Board, which is founded on fundamental principles of integrity, objectivity,

professional competence and due care, confidentiality and professional

behaviour.

The firm applies Professional and Ethical Standard 3 (Amended) and

accordingly maintains a comprehensive system of quality control including

documented policies and procedures regarding compliance with ethical

requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory

requirements.

Our firm has provided services to Contact Energy Limited in relation to

statutory audit, trustee reporting and other assurance for Greenhouse Gas

Emissions reporting, Green Borrowing Programme reporting and Global

Initiative Reporting indicators. Subject to certain restrictions, partners

and employees of our firm may also deal with the Contact Energy Limited

on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the

business of the Contact Energy Limited. These matters have not impaired

our independence as assurance providers of Contact Energy Limited for this

engagement. The firm has no other relationship with, or interest in, Contact

Energy Limited.

The partner on the engagement resulting in this Combined Independent

Auditor’s and Limited Assurance Report is Sonia Isaac.

Sonia Isaac


KPMG

Wellington

13 August 2021

Independent Auditor’s report

Corporate directory
Contact

INTEGRATED

REPORT

2021

Contents

Corporate directory

Board of Directors

Robert McDonald (Chair)

Victoria Crone

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

Jon Macdonald

David Smol

Elena Trout

Dame Therese Walsh

Leadership team

Mike Fuge

Chief Executive Officer

Jack Ariel

General Manager Major Projects

Jan Bibby

Chief People Officer

Dorian Devers

Chief Financial Officer

Jacqui Nelson

Chief Generation Officer

Catherine Thompson

Chief Corporate Affairs Officer and General Counsel

Matt Bolton

[acting] Chief Customer Officer

Iain Gauld

Chief Information Officer (acting on LT)

Registered office

Contact Energy Limited

Harbour City Tower

29 Brandon Street

Wellington 6011

New Zealand

T +64 4 499 4001

Find us on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn and


YouTube by searching for Contact Energy

Company numbers

NZ Incorporation 660760

ABN 68 080 480 477

Auditor

KPMG

PO Box 996

Wellington 6140

Registry

Change of address, payment instructions and

investment portfolios can be viewed and updated

online:

investorcentre.linkmarketservices.co.nz


investorcentre.linkmarketservices.com.au

New Zealand Registry

Link Market Services Limited

PO Box 91976, Auckland 1142

Level 30, PWC Tower


15 Customs Street West

Auckland, 1010

contactenergy@linkmarketservices.co.nz


T + 64 9 375 5998

Australian Registry

Link Market Services Limited,

Locked Bag A14, Sydney

South, NSW 1235

680 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000

contactenergy@linkmarketservices.com.au


T +61 2 8280 7111

Investor relations enquiries

Matthew Forbes

GM Corporate Finance

investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz

Sustainability enquiries

Nakia Randle

Sustainability Advisor

nakia.randle@contactenergy.co.nz

111

contact.co.nz

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.